CONTENTS

Page

History of the Queensland Herbarium and Botanical Library, 1855 to

1975

VON, Le OPE, earn ee ee tte nee st tel atte f itacs qe stets 429

A new Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from Queensland

LOOT OWL tt ee ena ya beth ate nae EM a feoy ty ola she RE Rg ae eeels Mo tf 446

A new species of Acronychia (Rutaceae) from Australia

By T. G. Hartley and B. P. M. Hyland........ 0.0... cece eee ees 451

New species of Gramineae from south-eastern Queensland

By. Ba, SePORD. $52% ay ch ach ig paec baaret enite quartet a.9-4. ee db eaulaber pile angst 455

Notes on the genus Kunzea (Myrtaceae) in Queensland

Bsn Ilo Ho Byres: vec te ct ch eee eh bs ntaente bkeghaitta ats 468

Notes on Sapindaceae in Australia, II

By Sally Ty Reéyrolds:) ics Sau aoc pe tp eevee cece ea wedn ate er ben 472

A new species of Dendrobium from Cape York Peninsula.

By P. S, Lavarack and P. J. Cribb ......... ccc c cece cece eas 497

Typification of the species of lichens described from Australian

specimens by James Stirton

By Roderick W. Rogers .......c ccc cece cece cere e ee eeueeeeeneuas 502

Some new and noteworthy records of mosses mostly from Queensland,

Australia

By lla Ch Shots 4 ake MG ah aie a TS al ah 511

Index to Volume |

Editor: L. Pedley

Date of Publication

“Austrobaileya”’ 1(4) was published on 7 May 1981.

429

Austrobaileya 1(5) 429-445 (1982)

HISTORY OF THE QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM AND

BOTANICAL LIBRARY. 1855 to 1976.*

By Selwyn L. Everist,t

former Director, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane.

At present advanced state to which our knowledge of the botany of Australia

has attained, one is apt to forget the many excellent men who, at no small

privations and often personal risk, first collected in these countries, and thus

laid the very foundation upon which we at present build.

Those words are as relevant today as they were on 25 July 1891 when F. M.

Bailey used them to introduce his Presidential Address to the Royal Society of

Queensland (Bailey 1891).

Uniess we are mindful of the contributions of our predecessors there is risk

of losing the sense of continuity so necessary for the growth and development

of knowledge and of progress in science, be it plant taxonomy or any other

discipline. The main emphasis in this paper, therefore, will be on people and

their influence, direct or indirect, on the development of the herbarium.

NATURE AND FUNCTIONS OF HERBARIA

An herbarium is an assemblage of labelled, dried plant specimens. It is used for

research into the classification, relationships and distribution of plants and

some of their properties, for teaching, and for documenting changes in the flora

of a region with time (see Everist 1979). It differs from a catalogue, card index

or computer record in that it comprises actual pieces of biological material.

Each of these is taken from a unique point in space and time and none of them

can be duplicated exactly after the original collection has been made. Sight

records, on the other hand, may not be facts but simply fossilised opinions of

the observers concerned.

All the systematic descriptive accounts of the flora of different regions of

the world have been prepared on the basis of study of dried herbarium

material. Occasionally, they have been supplemented by study of living plants

also.

THE QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM

The Queensland Herbarium comprises an unknown number of such

specimens (probably about 400 000) and this collection has been accumulated

over a period of about 120 years. It is not easy to deal briefly with the history

of an institution that has been in existence for such a long time. The history of

the Queensland Herbarium is intimately linked with the social and political

history of Australia, with the personalities of people engaged in botany and

other scientific pursuits and with changes in needs, pressures and social

structures within the community.

The subject will be considered under four main headings:

e History of exploration and land settlement in Australia

t Died 21 October 1981.

* Slightly modified from, an address delivered to the Queensland Naturalists Club, 18 October 1976.

430

e Changing needs and demands for botanical knowledge and services with

changes in social and economic patterns

e People who directed the Herbarium and who contributed to knowledge of

the plants of Queensland

e Buildings and other facilities available for the acquisition, storage and

maintenance of specimens and books as working tools for contemporary

botanists and as an expanding storehouse of data for use by

succeeding generations.

EXPLORATION AND LAND SETTLEMENT

Seventeenth Century.

The earliest records we have of European contact with Australia are from

the 17th century (for summary, see Flinders 1814). These were confined to the

northern, western and southern coastlines and there are no records of any

European sightings or landings on the east coast during the 17th century.

So far as can be determined, none of the 17th century captains except

William Dampier (1688, 1699) brought back any natural history specimens

from the new land. Dampier’s collections and the accounts of all the 17th

century navigators who landed on the northern and western coasts had no real

influence on the botany of Australia. Their reports also did nothing to

stimulate interest in the new land. The Dutch were primarily interested in

trade and the depressing reports of poor land and miserable people, confirmed

by Dampier, caused the Dutch East India Company to lose interest in this part

of the world.

Eighteenth Century

The first major contribution to the botany of Australia was made by the

Endeavour expedition under James Cook in 1770. This sailed along the whole

east coast of the continent, landing at 10 different places (see Hawkesworth

1773; Beaglehole 1955). It was singularly fortunate for us that this expedition

included Joseph Banks and Daniel Solander, outstanding naturalists of their

day, and Sydney Parkinson, a young artist-illustrator of exceptional skill.

The sole task of these men was to study natural history and to collect,

observe and illustrate plants and animals from the places visited by the

expedition. According to Bailey (1891), this expedition added 1 000 species of

plants to the 300 species previously known from the continent. A complete set

of specimens was retained in the British Museum of Natural History and

various duplicate specimens have been widely distributed to herbaria in

Europe, North America, New Zealand and Australia (see Lanjouw & Stafleu

1954; Stearn 1968; McGillivray 1970).

Unfortunately, neither Banks nor Solander completed the task of

describing and classifying the plants they collected. It was not until more than

a century later that a comprehensive account of these collections was

published (Banks & Solander 1900-1905). With these were printed lithographs

prepared from some of Parkinson’s drawings. Superb engraved copper plates of

these drawings are still in the British Museum but remain unpublished, except

for plates that were reconditioned and issued in 1970 to commemorate the

Cook bicentenary.

Fortunately, 100 years earlier the specimens and manuscript descriptions

had been made available to Robert Brown for study (1801 to 1810) and later

431

also to George Bentham when he was preparing Flora Australiensis between

1862 and 1878.

From the Queensland point of view, it is worthy of note that all Cook’s

landing places except Botany Bay were at sites now included in this State. We

have only a few of the Banks and Solander specimens in the Queensland

Ee but there are many more in the National Herbaria in Sydney and

elbourne

The 18th century also saw the beginning of European settlement in

Australia. A penal settlement was established at Sydney Cove on Port Jackson

by Captain Arthur Phillip in January 1788. Several people, notably John

White, Surgeon General, interested in the native flora, collected plant

specimens and sent them to England for identification. In 1791 and 1792,

Captain Vancouver made the first exploration of the southern coast since that

of Pieter Nuyts in 1627. He sailed eastward from Cape Chatham in Western

Australia to about the middle of the Great Australian Bight. He spent two days

at King George Sound (site of the present town of Albany) where Archibald

Menzies made large collections of plants. Whilst the settlement at Sydney was

struggling for survival, local collectors such as William Paterson, George Caley

and others were forwarding plant specimens and seeds from New South Wales

and Tasmania to Sir Joseph Banks in London. Many of these plants were

cultivated at Kew and elsewhere in Europe. Matthew Flinders and George Bass

made sea voyages around Tasmania. Flinders visited Moreton Bay and climbed

Beerburrum, one of Glasshouses north of where Brisbane 1s today.

It is important not to overlook the work of French naturalists about this

time. Labillardiere who accompanied D’Entrecasteaux in 1792, made large

collections of plant specimens in Tasmania and south-western Australia.

Leschenault de la Tour, who accompanied Baudin on his voyage along the

southern coast in 1800, collected many specimens in New South Wales and on

the northern and western coasts of Tasmania. All these specimens are in the

Paris Herbarium. More than 60 years later, George Bentham considered them

to be so important, that, in a letter to Mueller in Melbourne, he cited the

necessity to study them as one reason why it would not be practicable to

prepare the Flora Australiensis in Australia.

Nineteenth Century

This century was one of great activity in descriptive sciences throughout

the world and most of the world’s great floras were prepared and published

during this period.

For Australian botany, the first few years were particularly significant.

Matthew Flinders made surveying voyages that mapped in great detail almost

the whole of the southern and eastern coastlines and half the northern

coastline of Australia, including Tasmania and the Gulf of Carpentaria, and he

also completely circumnavigated the continent. His most important voyage,

that in the Investigator, lasted from December 1801 until June 1803 and he

probably visited more places on the Australian coast than any other single

navigator before or since.

Fortunately for Australian botany, the Investigator expedition included

Robert Brown, a young, energetic, knowledgeable botanist and an astute

observer. During the voyage he collected and described thousands of plant

specimens and added to them by assiduous collecting in New South Wales for

about two years after the Investigator voyage terminated at Sydney in 1803.

432

In 1805 Brown took his specimens safely back to England and in 1810

produced the Prodromus Flora Novae Hollandiae, a systematically arranged

collection of concise descriptions of plants from Australia. This work was

intended to serve as a precursor to a more comprehensive and detailed flora of

Australia. Brown’s Prodromus saw the first really systematic account of plants

from Australia. Unfortunately it was not well received by his contemporaries

te he did not proceed with his plan to publish detailed descriptions of all the

plants.

These descriptions, mostly made in the field or on the ship while the

material was still reasonably fresh, were scribbled in Latin on used envelopes

and other scraps of paper. They lay in the British Museum of Natural History

unused, and unknown to most botanists for nearly 150 years. In 1955, Miss

Nancy Burbridge, then Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, persuaded

the British Museum authorities to allow them to be microfilmed. She also

accomplished the mammoth task of sorting, arranging and indexing every sheet

and scrap of paper. This index and the reels of microfilm are of enormous

value to Australian botanists, There are copies in the Queensland Herbarium.

We have also several hundred of the specimens collected by Brown,

mostly poorly labelled but recognizable by the handwriting. They are all

traceable by reference to the microfilm and its index, Flinders’ published

accounts and maps of the Investigator voyage, Robert Brown’s published

journal and William Stearn’s introduction to the facsimile edition of Brown’s

Prodromus published in 1960. Fortunately, all these items are in the library of

the Queensland Herbarium.

During the 19th century, exploration and settlement of the new country

proceeded rapidly. Reaching out first from Sydney and later from other

settlements by ship, bullock wagon, horse dray, pack horse, saddle horse or on

foot, explorers such as King, Oxley, Mitchell, Richard Cunningham, Allan

Cunningham, Sturt, Eyre, Leichhardt, A. C. Gregory, McDouall Stuart, John

Forrest, P. E. Warburton, Giles, Burke and Wills, Kennedy, Landsborough,

Dalrymple and many others rapidly filled blank spaces on the map of

Australia. Most of these expeditions either included or were led by men who

collected plant specimens and realized their value in compiling an inventory of

the plant resources of the continent. Between them, they added many

thousands of specimens to the great European herbaria and later to the

beroen that were being established in the capital cities of the Australian

colonies.

Close on the heels of the explorers came pioneer settlers, most of whom

were farmers, graziers or miners. To Queensland, the early graziers were of

particular significance. Government restrictions on free settlement in the

vicinity of Moreton Bay caused most of these early pioneers either to travel

overland inland from Sydney and take up land in the Darling Downs and West

Moreton districts or to travel by ship north of Moreton Bay and settle in

central and north Queensland. From about 1867 onwards, settlement north of

Brisbane was stimulated by finds of gold over vast areas from Gympie in the

south to the Palmer River and Croydon in the north.

During the first half of the 19th century, successive Colonial Botanists

were appointed to New South Wales, with headquarters in Sydney. Their

responsibilities ranged from growing vegetables for the Governor’s kitchen to

exploring remote parts of the colony in search of plants. Charles Fraser,

Richard Cunningham, Allan Cunningham and Charles Moore made the

greatest impact.

433

This period also marked the expansion of settlement in other parts of

Australia—Hobart and other Tasmanian settlements in 1803 and 1805,

Moreton Bay in 1824, King George Sound in 1827, Swan River in 1829, Port

Phillip and Portland in 1834 and 1835 and Adelaide in 1836. Smaller

settlements were also established at many other points around the coastline

and small towns sprang up around Sydney.

In relationship to the history of the Queensland Herbarium, two points

concerning this expansion and growth of European population are worthy of

particular note, first the extraordinarily rapid growth of population in

Melbourne and the Port Phillip District, second the very slow rate of growth at

Moreton Bay and in other centres now included in Queensland. The Moreton

Bay Settlement was given representation within New South Wales in 1857 and

political recognition by the British Government as a colony independent of

New South Wales in 1859. At the time of separation, the new colony of

Queensland had a total European population of only 23 500, whereas by 1854

the Port Phillip District, which had become the independent colony of Victoria

in 1851, had a population of more than 234 000.

The first general census of population in the Australian colonies was taken

in 1881. The figures are given in Table 18, together with figures for

comparable regions in 1901 (the first census taken after Federation) and 1972,

the latest figures available at the time this paper was prepared. All figures are

taken from the Commonwealth Yearbook for 1974.

CHANGING NEEDS AND DEMANDS FOR BOTANICAL KNOWLEDGE

AND SERVICES

Changing needs and demands for botanic knowledge and services are closely

linked with changes in total population and with the social structure within the

community.

From the beginning of settlement until the early 1940’s, Australia

remained essentially a producer of foodstuffs, textile fibres and minerals. After

an initial short period of dependence on imported foodstuffs, the country

became self-sufficient in food production and soon produced substantial

surpluses of wool, meat, grains and dairy products, most of which were

exported to Europe. Minerals were almost all exported and the cash inflows

that resulted helped to make possible rapid increases in population and

expansion of primary production particularly in south-eastern Australia.

Industrialization began in earnest during the years 1940 to 1946. This was

chiefly concentrated in the eastern mainland capitals and other larger cities in

the south-eastern quarter of the continent. This industrial expansion, combined

with heavy overseas demands for wool and later beef, grain, coal, iron ore and

TABLE 18: Population of Australian Colonies, States and Territories

REGION 1881* 1901* 1972

New South Wales ..........00cce cece es 750 000 1 355 000 4 662 000

WGHOTED 3 sacs ace dade toa 88s Jed obs a ou bee 861 000 1 201 000 3 545 000

Opeetrsayw fia vices pathos goa wale Daan 213 500 498 000 1 869 000

South Australia... .....cccueervevserens 276 000 358 000 1 £86 000

Western Australia ...........0ccceee eee 29 700 184 000 1 053 000

"COSHTATTAL peceu os ea er ae eee eles tute 116 000 172 000 392 000

Northern Territory ..............000005 33 400 4 800 93 000

Australian Capital Territory........... beg 4s 158 000

*not including aborigines

434

other minerals as well as an active immigration programme, changed the face

of Australia and the work habits of its people and imposed new and different

pressures upon the native vegetation.

Until fairly recently, few people questioned the major objectives of society,

that is, exploitation or development of natural resources for financial gain or

increase in material prosperity. However, in the last few years, more and more

people have become aware that these natural resources are not inexhaustible.

There is also a growing awareness that man and his machines now have an

infinitely greater capacity to change the landscape and that we have in fact

reached a point where it is physically possible to produce rapid irreversible

changes in the environment itself. In fact, in many cases the pendulum has

swung too far the other way and the terms ‘“‘conservation”, “environment” and

“ecology” have become “in” words. Unfortunately they are much

misunderstood and misused by many well intentioned but ill-informed people.

_. The profound changes in community structure, patterns of production,

living standards and social mores that have taken place in Australia in the last

century have had a great effect on all herbaria in Australia. This is particularly

so in Queensland which is now passing through a period of rapid

developmental change and where so much of our material wealth which lies

buried in the ground can only be extracted by destroying the native vegetation

overlying it.

PEOPLE

Since we are dealing with the history of the Queensland Herbarium, let us look

at the men who have been its directors. At the same time, we should consider

the influence of other botanists, herbaria and naturalists in the development of

the Queensland Herbarium.

It is rather remarkable that only six men directed Queensland’s botanical

services in the period of more than 120 years between 1855 and 1976 and four

of those six occupied the office for a total of 115 years.

Walter Hill was appointed Superintendent of the Brisbane Botanic

Gardens in 1855 by the Imperial Government. At that time the Moreton Bay

settlement was part of New South Wales. Responsible government came to

New South Wales in 1857 and Hill’s appointment as Director of the Brisbane

Botanic Gardens was confirmed by the Government of the Colony of New

South Wales. The Colonial Botanist of New South Wales resided in Sydney

and at that time was Charles Moore.

When the Colony of Queensland was separated from New South Wales by

order of the British Parliament (much to the disgust of the New South Wales

Legislative Assembly), Walter Hill was appointed by the new government as

Colonial Botanist and Curator of the Botanic Gardens. He retained these

positions until 1881 when he was retired at the age of 60.

During Hill’s 26 years of office, the population of Queensland increased

from about 23 000 to 213 000, nearly all of them farmers, graziers, miners or

merchants. Quite appropriately, Walter Hill’s major work was the

introduction, cultivation and distribution of planting material of crop plants.

Most of our major food crops were introduced during that period. Hill did

spend some time in the collection and classification of native plants, the latter

usually in collaboration with Ferdinand Mueller in Melbourne or Sir William

Hooker at Kew. He was particularly interested in those native plants that

seemed to have potential for economic or ornamental use.

435

Until 1975 I was under the impression that Hill did not keep herbarium

specimens in Brisbane because there are very few of his specimens in the

Queensland Herbarium. However, in the Annual Reports of the Colonial

Botanist and Botanic Gardens for 1871, 1873, 1874 and 1875 he repeatedly

drew attention to the fact that the bindings and some of the pages of books in

the library had been completely destroyed by white ants (termites) and other

insects and what had not been affected by the insects had been damaged by

damp and wet penetrating the building. From the same causes almost the

whole of his valuable collection of dried specimens, the labour of twenty years

in the colony, and also the highly valuable collection brought with him from

Kew, had been nearly completely destroyed. His final comment in 1875 was

that until some arrangements were made to render the building suitable for the

purpose for which it was built, it would be useless to make any addition to

either the library or the plant collections.

Despite these difficulties, Hill’s contributions to the Botanical Library

were of enormous value. In the first budget of the Colony of Queensland in

1860, a sum of £100 was made available to the Colonial Botanist for the

purchase of botanical books. Hill sent the whole sum to Sir William Hooker,

then Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Hooker chose well and

some of our most valuable and useful old books were bought with this money.

Considering the conditions under which they were stored and used for so many

years, most of them are in surprisingly good condition. The books were kept in

the Director’s residence until 1881 when they passed into the hands of F.

Manson Bailey who removed them to safer quarters at the Queensland

Museum in Queen Street.

Although Hill was unable to maintain an herbarium in the Biebane

Botanic Gardens, he sent many plant specimens to Melbourne and to Kew and

they are still preserved in those herbaria.

On Hill’s retirement in 1881, F. Manson Bailey* was appointed Colonial

Botanist. Bailey was Acting Curator of the Queensland Museum, a position to

which he had been appointed in 1880. He remained Acting Curator of the

Museum until 1882, in addition to being Colonial Botanist. At that time the

Queensland Museum and the Botanic Gardens were both in the Department of

Lands. Walter Hill and F. M. Bailey were both responsible to the Surveyor

General but Bailey was never Curator or Director of the Botanic Gardens,

So far as the Queensland Herbarium is concerned, F. M. Bailey virtually

had to start from scratch. In his fascinating biography of the man, C. T. White

(1950) gave details of his grandfather’s early struggles to support a large family

as a farmer, storekeeper and botanical collector. It was not until he reached the

age of 48 that Bailey received his official appointment as a professional

botanist. However, during the period between 1861 and 1875 he had built up a

local reputation as a knowledgeable botanist and amassed a private collection

of plant specimens. He used these specimens to form a nucleus for the

Queensland Herbarium,

In 1875, the Government of Queensland aout a Board to enquire

into Causes of Diseases in Livestock and also the Plants of Queensland. F. M.

Bailey was appointed botanist to this Board and served on it for about five

years. Tangible results were two editions of an J///lustrated Monograph of the

*In 1875 Bailey was entrusted to commence ‘an Herbarium of the Flora of Queensland’ under the

supervision of Mr Commissioner Coxen, Trustee of the Museum (Report of the Acclimatisation

Society of Queensland for 1874).—Ed.

436

Grasses of Queensland (1878), a Descriptive List of Queensland Grasses and

several essays and catalogues to explain exhibits of grasses, woods and other

native plants sent to different exhibitions and expositions in various parts of

the world.

Although Bailey was trained in horticulture and although he remained

very interested in cultivated plants, particularly ferns, he worked primarily on

the identification and description of native and naturalized plants. His interest

extended far beyond the flowering plants and ferns and included algae, fungi,

lichens, mosses and liverworts. In the identification of “‘Cryptogams” he

enlisted the help of the foremost overseas specialists of his day. His letter-

books are still preserved in the archives of the Queensland Herbarium.

Bailey was fortunate that George Bentham had just published the final

volume of Flora Australiensis so that he had a comprehensive work of

reference on the native flora. He deliberately set out to extract from that work

those parts relevant to the flora of Queensland and to include more up to date

information that had been available to Bentham. The results were a Synopsis

of the Queensland Flora in 1883, following in quick succession by three

supplements and the publication between 1898 and 1902 of The Queensland

Flora in six volumes. In this, he reprinted the general notes entitled Outlines of

Botany from Flora Australiensis, he modified Bentham’s keys to genera and

species, omitting those not known to occur in Queensland and he mostly

reproduced Bentham’s descriptions of genera and species word for word.

Nevertheless, he did add such new material as had become available since

the publication of the appropiate volumes of Flora Australiensis (including

information from the First and Second Census of Australian Plants by

Mueller), and added descriptions of weeds and other naturalized alien plants.

In some families, notable Compositae and Chenopodiaceae, he adopted generic

limits and nomenclature different from Bentham’s and these were generally

much nearer to those used today.

This leads us to consideration of the influence of Ferdinand Mueller and

George Bentham on the development of knowledge of the Australian flora and

on the growth of the Queensland Herbarium.

Ferdinand Mueller was born in Rostock, Germany, in 1825 and gained a

degree in Pharmacy and the degree of Ph.D. from the University of Kiel at the

age of 21. In 1848 he settled in Adelaide, but in 1852 moved to Victoria to try

his luck amongst the rapidly growing mining populations. Fortunately, in that

year Governor LaTrobe decided to appoint a Government Botanist for the new

colotly and, on the advice of Sir William Hooker, he offered the job to

Mueller.

Mueller took office in January 1853 and remained as Government

Botanist of Victoria until his death in October 1896, more than 43 years later.

During those years, Mueller so dominated Australian botany that virtually all

the worthwhile collections of plants outside of New South Wales went to

Melbourne to augment the rapidly growing number of specimens being

collected by Mueller in various parts of Australia. |

Mueller was very well paid, he was a bachelor of rather frugal habits and

he spent a considerable portion of his salary in paying collectors in various

parts of the country. From our point of view the most important of these was

one Dallachy who spent many years in north Queensland with Cardwell as

is base.

437

Mueller himself was most active as an explorer and plant collector. He

made exploring expeditions in South Australia and the north-west and

north-east of Victoria, and in 1855 he was invited to join an expedition led by

A. C, Gregory that travelled by ship from Moreton Bay to the mouth of the

Victoria River in northern Australia, thence overland eastward and southward

to the Suttor River and as far as Rockhampton. Mueller also spent a few days

near Moreton Bay on the way back to Melbourne.

By the end of this trip in 1857, after having been in Australia for only

nine years, Mueller claimed to know 9 000 species of Australian plants. He

stated that during the North-west Expedition he had seen 2 000 species, of

which 500 were new to science (Chisolm 1962),

Although Mueller sent thousands of plant specimens to other herbaria, he

made sure that at least one sheet of each of his own collections and of those

sent to him by other people were kept in Melbourne. The National Herbarium

was established as an official institution in 1857, primarily to house the

collections acquired by Mueller. Later he sent all his collections progressively

to Kew for study by Bentham during the preparation of Flora Australiensis but

most of the specimens were returned to Melbourne and are still there.

Mueller wanted to write a Flora of Australia but the Colonial Officer in

London entered into a contract with George Bentham, an English botanist, to

prepare this work, Although Mueller at first agreed to this proposal, when the

time came to begin the work he raised many objections, chiefly that he had

personal knowledge of the Australian flora whereas George Bentham had not.

Sir William Hooker wrote to Mueller and told him bluntly that he considered

that Mueller had neither the facilities nor the special kind of ability required

for the task. Bentham already had written the Flora of Hong Kong and part of

the Flora Brasiliensis as well as classical accounts of other large groups of

plants. He was a man of independent means who was able to devote his

whole time to the task.

In 1861 Bentham accepted a Commission from the Colonial office to

prepare a Flora Australiensis. The first volume was published two years later,

in 1863. He had planned to take eight years for the whole work. In fact, it took

him fifteen years and he was 78 years old before the last part was published.

Moreover, when that was completed he went on to write other standard

botanical texts.

Bentham was a man with tremendous ability, self-confidence and courage

and had a very well organized mind, combined with disciplined habits of work.

In a letter to Mueller he wrote:

“As to the limits of genera and species, the longer I live (and I have now

looked at them for eight and thirty years) the more I see how little fixity

there is in them and how impossible it is that botanists’ views should

agree upon them. In writing a systematic work one must make up one’s

mind on the spot, often upon insufficient materials and often: must take

into consideration the opinions of others against one’s own. I say this

because it is inevitable that on many occasions | may unite or separate

species In a manner you may not approve, just as in other works | have

published, botanists whose opinions I value more than my own disagree

with the conclusion I have come to. Therefore it is that I have always

declined joint work unless, as in the case of Dr. Hooker, I can daily and

constantly discuss with him. I am anxious to give every credit to those

who kindly assist me and in the Australian Flora I am particularly

desirous that you should be satisfied with what I say on the subject but I

438

expressly wish to have the sole responsibility, so that neither you nor

anyone else shall be committed by what I do.”

Bentham refused to treat Flora Australiensis as a joint work and he said

that the work had to be entirely his own. He gave Mueller acknowledgement

on the title page. Despite these unequivocal statements by Bentham we still

find some botanists and bibliographers citing the authorship of Flora

Australiensis as “Bentham and Mueller’, which it is not.

We in Australia do not realize how fortunate we are to have Flora

Australiensis. It was the first and is still the only flora of an entire continent.

Bentham’s idea was that he should account for all the material in the older

herbaria of Europe and all the older literature not available in the colonies so

that Australian botanists would have a foundation upon which to build as the

flora became better known by further exploration and collecting.

Bentham suggested to Mueller that he should abandon production of his

Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae and other miscellaneous papers and

should concentrate on producing a supplement to Flora Australiensis in a

format similar to the original. Mueller did not take up his suggestion but

continued to publish in various journals, many of them quite obscure and not

widely circulated.

In March 1893, F. M. Bailey issued a circular to Australasian scientific

workers and societies pointing out the pressing need for a supplement to the

Flora Australiensis, laying stress on the fact that it must follow on Bentham’s

lines of classification and be written in the same style and format. He asked for

a Seen of all Australian botanists in undertaking this project (Shirley

Mueiler’s reaction was characteristic. In the Victorian Naturalist for April

1893 is an unsigned note (probably by Mueller) indicating that “the

publication of a completing volume to Bentham’s Flora Australiensis is likely

to be shortly undertaken in Melbourne”. It went on to point out that “it has

long been the intention of Baron von Mueller to furnish such a volume” but

no reference was made to Bailey’s proposal.

Neither Bailey nor Mueller ever produced the phoinised ‘supplement”’

“completing volume” to Bentham’s Flora Australensis. In the Oucendand

Flora Bailey included additional information of the kind envisaged for such a

supplement but this information related only to plants in Queensland.

The Flora Australiensis is the foundation of the Queensland Herbarium,

The Brisbane collections were originally arranged in Bentham’s sequence and

the ready reference set in the present building is still arranged in that sequence

which corresponds with the one used in The Queensland Flora.

F, M. Bailey continued to work as ‘‘Colonial Botanist”. In 1902, when he

reached the age of 75 years, he was retired and the position of Government

Botanist abolished. Bailey refused to accept retirement and said he would

continue to work whether they paid him or not. There was a great outcry in

the daily and weekly press and the Government of the day, bowing to public

pressure, re-instated Bailey but at half salary (£150 per year), a sum that was

never increased, In 1915, he died at the age of 88.

His son John Frederick Bailey was appointed Government Botanist but he

occupied the postion for only about 18 months before moving to Adelaide to

take charge of the Botanic Gardens in that city. J. F. Bailey had worked in the

Herbarium as assistant to his father for several years before he was appointed

439

Curator of the Brisbane Botanic Gardens in 1905. He had the distinction of

being the last man to hold both positions, Government Botanist and Curator of

the Botanic Gardens.

The next Government Botanist was Cyril Tenison White, a man to whom

natural history in general and botany in particular owes so much. C. T. White

was a grandson of F. M. Bailey and was appointed as Pupil Assistant to his

grandfather in 1905 at the age of 15. He published his first botanical paper at

the age of 18 and had five more papers published before he was 21. In less

than seven years he had made the 970 line drawings of plants that illustrate the

Comprehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plants, published in December 1912.

This early task gave him an acquaintance with a wide variety of native

plants and no doubt laid the foundation for his extraordinary facility for

identifying plants at sight. He was one of nature’s gentlemen—tfriendly,

tolerant, helpful and singularly modest about his own abilities and

achievements. He had a keen eye, a very retentive memory and an

extraordinary capacity for hard work.

When J. F. Bailey went to Adelaide, White was appointed Acting

Government Botanist at the age of 27. The idea that a youngster of 27 could

cope fully with the work of a veteran of 88 seemed ridiculous to the

authorities. There was a public outcry about the injustice of the Acting

appointment and he was soon appointed Government Botanist. He filled the

position with distinction for 33 years until August 1950 when he died suddenly

at home at the age of 60, still at the height of his intellectual powers.

C. T. White contributed a tremendous amount to the herbarium and to

Queensland botany generally. He collected very widely in Australia, often

during his vacation periods. He also collected in New Guinea, New Caledonia

and the Solomon Islands. In addition he stimulated the interest of many people

in botany and sponsored collections by paid collectors, mainly 8. F. Kajewski

and L. J. Brass, in Queensland, New Hebrides, Solomon Islands, Bougainville

and New Guinea. For this purpose he managed a small fund made available by

the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University. His influence on Queensland

botany did not end there. He gave help and encouragement to all who asked

for it and he was a stimulating influence on the younger generation of

botanists, of whom Stan Blake, Lindsay Smith and myself were examples.

His direct influence on the Queensland Herbarium was particularly

significant. Until his time, most Australian herbaria were regarded by botanists

such as F. M. Bailey and Ferdinand von Mueller almost as personal property.

These men mainly worked alone and were not unduly concerned with

completeness of labels or mounting of specimens, They knew almost every

individual specimen by sight, who had collected it and often where and when

-he got it. As a result many of the older specimens have only scraps of paper

for labels with cryptic initials, numbers, symbols or abbreviations that are not

now readily interpretable.

Some plants, such as fleshy orchids or ferns transplated from the field,

were described from living material and no dried specimens were prepared and

stored in the Herbarium as type specimens for the names concerned.

There appeared to be an implicit faith that fresh material would always be

available in the field, if you knew where to look. None of these earlier

botanists could foresee the awful potential of the bulldozer or the real estate

developer or anticipate the destructive effects of accelerating social pressures

on native plant communities. In fact, there is little evidence to suggest that

440

they were conservation-minded at all. For example, F. M. Bailey’s report after

a visit to the 18-Mile Swamp on Stradbroke Island in 1880 stated that it

seemed to be an excellent site for the establishment of a rice-growing industry.

No doubt the forests and the grasslands seemed so vast and the population so

small that it was inconceivable that they could be destroyed except in localized

areas devoted to cultivated crops, urban development or extractive industries

such as quarrying.

C, T. White was very interested 1n economic botany, particularly native

grasses and other fodder plants, poisonous plants and weeds. From_ the

taxonomic point of view his chief interest was in woody plants and most of his

revisionary work was done on woody families. This is probably due to a

number of factors, firstly the extensive collections of woody plants made on

behalf of the Arnold Arboretum, secondly his close association with W. D.

Francis who had an unsurpassed field knowledge of the rainforest trees of

eastern Australia. He was conscious of the need to record the presence of

exotic plants, particularly new weeds, as soon as they became estabished. He

taught a course in Forest Botany at the University of Queensland and wrote an

appropriate text-book.

During his term of office, the number of specimens in the Queensland

Herbarium increased enormously. These included not only Australian

material but also material from all over the world, sent on exchange with other

herbaria. In this way, he assembled large and important collections of plants

from New Guinea, Solomon Islands, New Hebrides and New Caledonia and

acquired many duplicates from the Bureau of Sciences in Manila.

By about 1930, he had begun to realize that the Queensland Herbarium

was fast becoming a collection of scraps. He set out to mount the specimens

and to make sure that all. future specimens were adequately labelled. The task

of mounting the older specimens is still incomplete, 46 years later. He was one

of the first of the Queensland botanists to include adequate provenance data on

herbarium labels, It is safe to say that the modernization of the Queensland

Herbarium began with C. T. White.

When White died suddenly in 1950, he was succeeded by William Douglas

Francis who had been his assistant for 31 years. Francis retired in 1954 at the

age of 65, after serving for four years as Government Botanist. Like C. T.

White, W. D. Francis was a self-taught man. He had two main interests, the

classification, identification, distribution and ecology of rainforest trees and the

fine structure and chemical composition of protoplasm.

The first interest occupied most of his official time, interspersed

occasionally with perceptive field studies of difficult poisonous plants

problems. The second interest was pursued entirely in his own time and at his

own expense. He bought the most sophisticated microscope then available and

by reading and diligent practice made himself a first-class microscopist and

micro-chemist. He produced several papers of great originality. The earlier

ones were fairly conventional descriptions of anatomical structures of wood

and bark of several species, the buttresses of rain-forest trees and even the

structure of the Queensland Nut (Macadamia) of which he cut thin sections

after soaking the hard-shelled seeds in hydrofluoric acid for six months to

soften them.

Later he turned to the iron bacteria and described their fine structure and

their behaviour in culture solutions. This in turn led him to speculate on the

role of iron in the origin of life and to study precipitated oxides of pr re iron.

44]

In a purely inorganic culture solution in which was suspended pure iron wire

he recognized microscopical bodies that gave all the standard microchemical

tests for protein.

One of the last papers in this series drew attention to the spiral nature of

protoplasm and postulated that the ultimate structure was probably in the form

of linked, double helical spirals. It is a pity that Francis did not live long

enough to read the works of Crick, Watson and others who elucidated the

double helical arrangement of atoms in the molucules of DNA. In

conversation, it was quite obvious that Francis had a mental picture of the

ultimate molecular structure of protoplasm as being in this form but that he

realized that the methods and instruments available to him were incapable of

resolving these very fine structures with any degree of certainty.

W. D. Francis was appointed to the staff of the Queensland Herbarium in

1919 as Assistant Government Botanist. He was a farmer who had served in

France with the first A.I.F. and on his return to Australia about 1918 he joined

his father and brothers in the clearing and development of one of the blocks of

virgin rainforest in the Kin Kin area south-east of Gympie that were then

being converted to dairy farms. Whilst engaged in cutting down the rainforest,

Francis became interested in the identity of the trees he was helping to destroy.

He was also in an excellent position to collect good herbarium material from

the fallen trees.

He was also a painstaking photographer and a patient, accurate observer

who photographed in the field and described in detail most of the species in

the rainforests of the region, not only the leaves, flowers and fruits, but also the

habit, structure and bark of the trees as they occurred in the field. Based on

his extensive experience in the field and the herbarrum, Francis wrote two

editions of Australian Rainforest Trees, the authoritative work on this subject

que a milestone in the extension of botanical knowledge to the community at

arge.

Despite his originality of mind, as Government Botanist, Francis was not

an innovator. In his official role he was content to do what came to hand and

to preserve the status quo.

During 1930 and early 1931, through representations from C. T. White in

Brisbane and Sir Arthur Hill, Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, it

was arranged that W. D. Francis should spend a year at Kew and that in

exchange C. E. Hubbard of the Kew staff should spend a year in Brisbane. This

exchange was of immense value to the Queensland Herbarium in particular

and Australian botany in general. Charles Hubbard was an energetic young

man and the rising grass taxonomist who had inherited the mantle of Stapf. His

capacity for work was prodigious. In twelve months he examined every grass

specimen in the Queensland Herbarium, re-determined and annotated almost

every one of them, prepared and labelled by hand new folders for each species

and re-arranged the Australian grasses in conformity with a new classification

of the family then taking shape. Moreover, he made several extensive

collecting tours and many shorter ones within the State and collected more

than 15 000 specimens personally during his short stay in Australia.

Hubbard had the effect of stimulating Blake’s interest in Cyperaceae and

Gramineae and my own interest in grasses. He also revolutionized the attitude

to grasses of botanists in other Australian herbaria. This was the beginning of a

new era for botany in general and grass taxonomy in particular in Queensland

and other States. His influence cannot be over-rated.

442

When W. D. Francis retired on 30th June, 1954, I was appomted

Government Botanist and retained that position until my voluntary retirement

on 2nd July, 1976, a period of 22 years. The title of the position was changed

to Director of the Botany Branch in July, 1971.

My own background was entirely non-botanical. I was sent to the

Herbarium in April 1930 as a clerk. Contact with White and Hubbard and

the encouragement of the Under-Secretary, Mr R. Wilson, caused me to

abandon a clerical career, to matriculate and complete a Science degree as an

evening student at the University of Queensland. During all those years, except

the final year, I worked full-time in the Herbarium as clerk and typist, later as

Assistant-to-Botanist.

My later inclination towards economic botany probably stemmed from the

influence of C. T. White and the fact that in 1934 I was given the task of

collating reports on Mitchell grass from inspectors throughout western

Queensland and for identifying the many hundreds of specimens of grasses and

other native fodder plants that accompanied those reports. Following

prolonged drought, there was concern that the Mitchell grass pastures of

western Queensland may have suffered irreparable damage and in January

1937 I was sent to study the problem with headquarters at Blackall. I remained

there for five years until 1942 when I enlisted in the R.A.A.F. and served for

four years as a Meteorological Officer, the last two of them in Charleville.

Returning to the Herbarium in early 1946, I spent many years on field

studies of poisonous plant problems such as Georgina River Disease, Birdsville

Disease and St. George Disease, edible trees and shrubs, particularly mulga,

and later brigalow and its control, weed surveys and weed control. I also

dabbled in the field of climatology in association with the late Dr George

Moule and various members of his staff. Poisonous plants remained throughout

and still are among my chief interests.

After my appointment as Government Botanist in 1954, I made a

conscious effort to modernize the Queensland Herbarium and to meet new

demands being received for botanical information. After about 1970, I tried to

develop a system for computer storage and retrieval of the wealth of original

data that had lain buried for more than a century on the labels of specimens

within the herbarium (Everist 1973). I leave it to future Directors to judge

whether or not the ground work J have laid is sound.

Inevitably, in order to meet increasing demands for information and

services and to update the herbarium, it became necessary to increase and

diversify staff and to develop an organizational framework to ensure that

responsibilities were shared and that tasks were assigned to those best fitted to

do them. Some people might see this increase as an example of the operation

of Parkinson’s Law, but I can assure you that new appointments were made

only to meet real needs and never to find jobs for people. For more than [5

years, demands for botanical services have been steadily increasing and

becoming more complex. The standard of preparation, labelling and

maintenance of herbarium specimens also had to be improved.

Two other factors contributed to the necessity to increase staff. Firstly we

were pitchforked into accepting responsibility for brigalow control and weed

control generally, as well as continuing our traditional role of identification.

Secondly, we deliberately decided to look more closely at vegetation patterns

and floristic associations instead of merely gathering facts by haphazard

collection of botanical specimens. To accomplish these tasks we had to have

443

trained staff and improve facilities. My greatest disappointment is that we were

not able to achieve one of the major objectives, the production of a flora or

regional floras for Queensland. However, progress in this direction is being

made and I hope these floras will materialize in the not too distant future.

The present Director, Dr Robert William Johnson, took over in July,

1976. I am_ confident we can look forward to a long period of botanical

progress in Queensland. |

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

Apart from Walter Hiil’s herbarium which was destroyed by damp and white

ants, the collections of the Queensland herbarium have been housed in four

different places.

From 1879 to 1889, they were in the basement of the Queensland

Museum, then situated in Queen Street. In 1889 they were moved to a new

building erected in William Street for the Department of Agriculture. The

Museum of Economic Botany and the Herbarium occupied about four-fifths of

the original space in that building. This was in accordance with the needs of

the time. A primary responsibility of the Colonial Botanist was to maintain an

up-to-date inventory of the plants in the State. Plant introductions were

handled by Botanic Gardens, also under the control of the Department of

Agriculture and closely associated with the Colonial botanist.

In 1888, the. total population of Queensland was 336 940, about half the

present population of the City of Brisbane. It was possible to meet the needs of

this population with a very small public service, firstly because communication

was slow and difficult and by the time a farmer received an answer, his

problem has usually solved itself one way or another and secondly because

people lived in an unsophisticated society where they are accustomed to

making their own decisions and enduring hardships if things went wrong.

In 1912, a new building was constructed for the Botanic Museum and

Herbarium. This was situated within the fenced boundary of the Botanic

Gardens but on a piece of land specially reserved for the purpose and not part

of the Reserve for Botanic Gardens. The building was made of wood and the

floor space was almost exactly the same as that occupied in William Street.

Obviously there was no room for expansion or even for the extra space

normally needed to accommodate growing collections of plant specimens and

books in herbaria and museums. Also housed in this building was the

Government Entomologist and Plant Pathologist, Mr Henry Tryon. A great

amount of space was occupied by the Museum of Economic Botany, with

glass-topped display cases of plant parts and plant products, crowned with

displays of photographs, paintings and wood samples. Some of you may

remember them.

The herbarium specimens were at first all stored in bundles in cabinets

originally made for F. M. Bailey. Later, as the collections grew, sets of open

pigeonholes were erected progressively and the specimens stored in cardboard

boxes. Eventually, these pigeon-holes towered to a height of 12 feet above

ground, You did not have to be a mountaineer to work in the herbarium, but

it certainly was a great help.

In 1946 two work-rooms were cut off from the eastern end of the Museum

room and the museum collections were crowded into the remaining space.

Later, most of the museum material had to be transferred to steel drawers, and

the space-wasting display cases removed from the building altogether. Both

444

front verandahs were enclosed with glass and wooden louvers and used as

workrooms,

In 1959, after several years of agitation and a resolution from

A.N.Z.A.A.S. drawing attention to the vulnerability of the collections and

library, a fireproof brick annexe was built at the rear of the wooden building.

This was sufficient to house most of the library, and the wooden shed in the

backyard that was tied to the new annexe was used for temporary storage.

These improvements relieved the situation slightly for a time. However,

buildings and facilities were quite inadequate to store the increasing number of

specimens and provide working space for the growing staff and the main

herbarium collections remained extremely vulnerable to fire.

The last real improvement came in 1968, when the present Botany

Building. in. the. Indooroopilly Complex of the Department of Primary

Industries was completed. For the first tume since..1912, there was enough

room for all the staff, the herbarium specimens and the library. Agam, no.

room was provided for expansion, but we were able to re-arrange the

Herbarium collection, systematize the arrangement of the library and

re-organize the flow of work to make better use of staff.

Fortunately, these improvements came just in time to provide facilities to

meet greatly accelerated demands for vegetation maps, land use studies,

environmental impact statements and floristic information that stemmed from

recent requirements for the assessment of possible ecological consequences of

developmental proposals.

I am sorry to say that, unless further facilities are provided very soon, the

squeeze will again restrict the potential output of a hard-working, well-trained,

competent, experienced and enthusiastic staff of experts in these fields.

CONCLUSION

I did my best to bring the Queensland Herbarium up to 20th century

standards, to make it more useful to other scientists and the public and to lay a

firm foundation for further development. J am sure that Bob Johnson and his

staff have the capacity to carry it successfully into the 21st century. I only

hope that he will be given the support, finance and the facilities to do so.

REFERENCES

BANKS, J. & SOLANDER, D. (1900-1905). Illustrations of the Botany of Captain Cook’s voyage

around the world in H.M.S. Endeavour in 1768-1771. With determinations by James

Britten (3 volumes). London: Trustees of the British Museum.

BAILEY, F. M. (1891). Concise history of Australian botany. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 7 : xvi-xlvii.

BEAGLEHOLE, J. C. (ed.) (1955). The journal of Captain James Cook. The Voyage of the

Endeavour 1768-1771. Cambridge University Press,

BLAKE, S. Ts. ye Cyril Tenison White. Preceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

BLAKE, S. T. (1955). Some pioneers in plant exploration and classification. Proceedings of the

Royal Society of Queensland-66:1-19,

BROWN, R. ee Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae Van-Dieman, London:

J n & Co.

CHISHOLM, A. H. (1962). Great Australians; Ferdinand von Mueller. Melbourne: Oxford

‘University Press. |

EVERISIST, eee L. ee Computer processing of labels in the Queensland Herbarium. Kalori

50)

EVERIST, S. L. 11999), The role of herbaria in Australia socey. Search 10:308-311.

FLANAGAN, R. (1862). History of New South Wales (2 volumes). London: Sampson Row, Son &

Co.

445

FLINDERS, M. (1814). A voyage to Terra Australis (2 volumes). London: G. & W. Nicol.

LANJOUW, J. & STAFLEU, F. A. (1854). Index herbariorum. Part II. Collectors. Regnum

Vegetabile 2. Utrecht; International Association for Plant Taxonomy.

McGILLIVRAY, D. J. (1970). A checklist of the illustrations of the botany of Cook’s First Voyage.

Contributions from the New South Wales Herbarium 4:112-125.

SHIRLEY, J. (1893). Presidential Address; A review of recent botanical work in Australia.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 9:12-23

STEARN, W. T. (1960). An introduction to Robert Brown’s Pr Suan Florae Novae Hollandiae

in Brown, R: Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae Van-Dieman 1810;

Supplementum Primum 1830 (1960 Facsimile). Cramer, J. & Swann, H. K. (ed.):

Historiae Naturalis Classica Vol. 6. Wenheim: Englemann (Cramer); Codicote:

Wheldon & Wesley; New York: Hafner Publishing Co,

STEARN, W. T. (1968). The botanical results of the Endeavour voyage. Seton 27:3-10,

STEARN, W. T. (1969). Notes & Records of the Royal Society of London 24:64-90

WHITE, oT (1950). F. M. Bailey: his life and work. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 61:105-114.

446

Austrobaileya 1(5) 446-450 (1982)

A NEW PTILOTUS (AMARANTHACEAE) FROM

QUEENSLAND

By G. Benl

Botanische Staatssammlung, Munchen (W. Germany).

Summary

A new species of Ptilotus, P. blakeanus from Queensland, is described and figured, with some

discussion on its affinity to P. brachyanthus,

By courtesy of Dr R. W. Johnson, I have been able to have on loan to Munich

for closer examination some undetermined material from the Queensland

Herbarium. Among these specimens there is a sheet bearing S. T. Blake’s

collection No. 11107 and a label in C. T. White’s writing “‘A solitary sp. in

Herb. Bri and labelled 7. aervoides F. Muell. which it certainly is not. I think

it a nsp. aff. 7. brachyanthum F. Muell. but wants careful checking.’’ Closer

examination brought to light some well pronounced differences showing that

for all the resemblance to P. brachyanthus (F. Muell. ex Benth.) F. Muell. in

floral details the new taxon is distinct enough to give it specific rank.

Ptilotus blakeanus: Benl, sp. nov-affinis“P. brachyantho (F. Muell. ex Benth.)

F, Muell., a quo praecipue recedit sic: caulibus haud dense lanatis nec

tomentosis, mox glabrescentibus, spicis cum apice conico inferne

partim laxi~ vel remotifloris.

Typus: sO guEEO District: Chesterton, 25° 21’S, 147° 20’ E, alt. 540 m,

7 Apr 1936, S. 7. Blake 11107 (BRI 230078), holotypus). (see Plate

3).

Herba perennis (annua?) caulibus compluribus basi lignosis, erectis yel arcuati-erectis, ad

28 cm longis, pauciramosis, iuvenilibus puberulis, vetustioribus sparse indutis vel glabrescentibus,

tandem pubescentia (pilis crispis indistincte et remote nodulosis) in partes superiores et in axillas

restricta. Caules ramulique monostachyi, apicem versus pedunculum et rhachidem spicarum

formantes, per totam longitudinem parce foliatis. Folia alterna, raro specie secunda, ad 3.cm et

ultra distantia, basalia distincte petiolata laminis ad 4.5 x 1, om, omnia in apice mucronata,

primo modice puberula mox (sub)glabra, axillis lanatis. Spicae solitariae terminales primo

ovoideae circa 1.2 cm diametro, demum conici-cylindraceae ad 4. cm longae (floribus inferioribus

remotis omissis). Flores brevissime pedicellati ad circa 80 dense congesti, 1-8 inferiores (interdum

binatim) 0.3-2cm distantes. Bractea bracteolaeque scariosae nitentes concavae, integrae, apice

acutiusculo, uninervae, extus ({laxe) pilosiusculae, pilis indistincte articulatis basi et costae

orientibus, ‘apicem attingentibus vel paullulo excedentibus obsessae demum glabrae, superstites,

subinaequales: Bractea foplonelJovala 2.2-3 x (1.5-)1.8 mm, dilute succinea; bracteolae latiores

cordatiorbiculares 2.6-3.2 x 2.2(-2.7)mm, ventricosae, diaphanae. Perianthium pubescentia

dorsali tepalorum absconditum. Tepala distincte trinervia, nervis lateralibus areolam viridem

incrassatam includentibus, extus pilis copiosis imprimis basi orientibus obtecta; 2 exteriora circa

4.3 x 1.2 mm, superne late limbata, apice obtuso, intus glabra; 3 interiora circa 3.6 x 0.5 mm, vix

limbata, apice acuto, inferne pilis crispis marginalibus saepe introflexis induta. Stamina 5 omnia

fertilia, inferne in cupulam turbinatam glabram ad 0.8mm altam, basi perianthii tantum

insidentem connata, pseudostaminodiis nullis; filamenta circa 1 mm longa, antheris lati-ellipsoideis

0.35 mm longis. Ovarium demum deplanati-globosum circa 1.5mm diametro, vix stipitatum,

glabrum; stylo centrali brevi (0.8 mm).

Perennial or annual herb, moderately sized, laxly branching. Stems

upright or slightly arcuate ascending with a woody base of ca 2mm in

diameter, 20 to 28cm tall in present material; sparsely and irregularly

branched, dividing near ground-level or towards the middle, the few slender

main branches simple or with 1(—2) side branches of up to 15 cm long. Young

parts evenly puberulous with curved and curly hairs somewhat intricate and

a Tem

447

}

| ;

f y ar es Ke vt ee BON gy)

, Feel! +8, 47 le

td hs sad Arte

4 7 “~— ra

te ra . , *

& a wa mh D>

1 [its aio ropa aE

FLORA OF QULEYSLAID VALE DISTAIC

25 21% 147 20 Esl 5H m, Get eT

cll S,T, Blake 11107 07 Apr 1936

z Ptilotus

[ Femily | Habitat | | Farha che

ie jee rele lel elae tals sl bo

' Chesterton,

In Rucalyoar: melanoplinia.

ot ait ee ee er tw A *

Inflorescence mite yoDeriantii creoen inside,

Ptilotus blakeanus Benl

Holotypus

Det.—rev.-G, BENL, Munchen 1979

BRISBANE

Plate 3. Holotype of Prilotus blakeanus Benl

443

slightly appressed, indistinctly and remotely nodose, up to ca 1.7 mm long,

becoming sparse and evanescent; finally the pubescence almost completely

limited to young shoots and leaf axils, these developing dense tufts of +

straight or wavy hairs (up to 3 mm long) ‘when a new shoot or leaf is sprouting

forth. The vestiture at first obscuring longitudinal ribs and stripes, in lower.

portion sometimes with fine tubercles between them. Stems, branches and

branchlets often strongly extenuating towards apex, forming peduncles with a

single spike each. Leaves erect-spreading, entire, subcoriaceous, initially

somewhat pubescent with hairs as for shoots, then slabrous except axils. Basal

ones few arising near stem base, spathulate-oblong, up to 5.5cm long by

1.1 cm wide, long-petioled (to ca 1 cm). Stem leaves 0.5 to 3.5(5)cm apart,

obovate-oblong to almost linear-lanceolate, up to 3.7 x 0.7 cm but usually

smaller, lower ones + petiolate, upper ones (sub)sessile; all with a short mgid

point of ca 0.5 mm. “Inflorescence white” (S. T. Blake on label), becoming

pale brownish-white in dried state, upright, pedunculate, solitary, terminal

only, compact part up to 4 cm long ‘and 1.2 cm across, at first ovate in outline

(ca 2cm long) then elongate cylindrical, always with a conical top; more or

less interrupted in lower portion which may reach the same length. Rachis ca

0.5mm in diameter near the middle, densely villous with hairs as for young

shoots but less crisp and to 3 mm long, Up to about 80 pedicels close-set in

compact upper portion, each ca 0.3mm long, jointed above the bracteoles.

The lower solitary flowers (up to 8 and not rarely in pairs) not yet to be seen

in young (to 2 cm long) spikes, finally inserted to 2 cm apart at base, Bract and

bracteoles very inconspicuous, membranaceous, entire, appressed to perianth,

midribbed, cuspidate tapering to a minute + curved point; weakly pilose

especially towards the base, the dorsal hairlets substraight, often twisted, up to

2.5mm long; at length glabrous or almost so, rather persistent, unequal; bract

(oblong-)ovate to 3 x 1.8mm with a keel-like lower midvein; bracteoles

broader and more obtuse, cordate-orbicular up to 3.2 x 2.7 mm, less hairy,

transparently. shining. Perianth scarcely attaining 4.5 cm long when full grown,

enveloped by a copious dorsal indument consisting of homogeneous remotely

septate often twisted hairs forming dense masses of broad waves in lower half,

later on straightening, markedly overtopping the glabrous ends of tepals and

entirely obscuring the whole perianth. Tepals free almost from their disc-like

indurated base concave beneath (the pedicel attachment sunken), inner view

showing three bold ribs in lower two-thirds, the outer ones bordering a

greenish coriaceous areole limbated by scarious entire margins except for the

lower (lowest) portion; dorsal hairs whitish ‘to creamy originating from the

opaque centre but especially from (near) the basal disc, waved in first stages,

stretching up to 5.5mm and longer surpassing the glabrous tepal ends for

about 1.5mm. Outer tepals linear-obovate 4-4.3(-4.5}mm long, broadest

(1-1.2 mm) in upper half, the translucent margins obviously widening above

the middle; apices (sub)obtuse with glabrous tips of ca 1.2 mm long; glabrous

inside, but often with some marginal crisp hairs towards the base. Inner tepals

smaller, acute, less limbated, sublinear to narrow-lanceolate 3.4—-3.6(-3.9) mm

long by 0.5 mm broad, outside with glabrous tips ca 0.5 mm long, in lower half

regularly with finer crisped + intricate hairs to about 2.5mm long, rising

especially from the edges and often turned in against inner surface.

Androecium dainty. Five stamens found consistently fertile; subequal filaments

capillary to flattened 0.8-1(-1.2)mm long, ca 0.5 mm wide in the middle,

subulate at top, gradually dilated to 0.15 mm at base, connate below with

0.4-0.7 mm broad sinuses into an almost free turbinate membranous cup

0.5-0.8 mm high, entire, glabrous, basally attached to the perianth disc.

Anthers pale broad-ellipsoid, ca 0.35 x 0.25mm. Pistil entirely glabrous.

Ovary broadly turbinate, short-stipitate and ca | mm long when young, at

449

Figure 30. Ptilotus blakeanus Benl, sp. nov. A. Flower from above. B. Bract, outer face. C.

Bracteole, outer face. D, Outer tepal, outer view. E. Androecium.

450

length lens-like (with a narrow edge) to subglobose, up to 1.5 mm in diameter,

(sub)sessile; style central straight, terete, comparatively short, somewhat

thicken downwards, ca 0.8mm long and 0.06-0.1 mm in diameter; stigma

becoming reddish, level with the anthers (Plate 3, Fig. 30).

Whilst P. brachyanthus is recorded from ‘low sandy ridge sparsely

timbered’ (Blake 11647) and collected in flower from June to November, P

blakeanus was found flowering ‘in Eucalyptus melanophloia’ in April.

The above description is based on the holotype, the only specimen of the

new plant hitherto known. Primarily it is characterised by the arrangement and

the shape of its inflorescences: In P. brachyanthus the spikes are always

compact for the whole length, terminal (solitary or 2—5 congested) or lateral

(subsessile or shortly peduncled) on stems and branches, thus rendering it

distinctive from P. blakeanus where the spikes seem to be exclusively terminal

and solitary; longer spikes are interrupted below. Their apex is here constantly

cone-shaped, not rounded as in P. brachyanthus. The latter species has

yellowish to ‘pale brownish white flowers’ at the beginning (see S. 7. Blake

11647 from Mitchell District, 2 June 1936, BRI 230390), whereas the spikes of

P. blakeanus are white initially becoming pale brownish. Today the spikes of

both Blake’s specimens collected in the same year are of pale brownish colour,

in P. blakeanus even darker in part than in P. brachyanthus. The habit of this

taxon is characterised by a tufty growth of the stems closer branched moreover

and softly woolly to tomentose, becoming glabrous only toward stem base,

which is not true for P. blakeanus as shown above; hence sterile specimens can

be distinguished with certainty, too. But there is a number of additional

differences between the two plants, e.g. in P. brachyanthus the foliage is

denser, the uppermost leaves enveloping the young inflorescences; the spikes

are somewhat wider and more fluffy.

By no means are the two taxa conspecific but separable from each other at

the species level. (See Figure 30).

451

Austrobaileya 1(5) 451-454 (1982)

A new Species of Acronychia (Rutaceae) from Australia

By T. G. Hartley

Herbarium Australiense, C.S.LR.O,

Division of Plant Industry, Canberra

and.

B. P. M. Hyland

Queensland Regional Station, C.S.I.R.O.

Division of Forest Research, Atherton.

Summary

A new species of Acronychia from Australia, A. eungellensis, is described with notes on its

distribution, ecology, and relationships to other species.

Since the publication of a revision of the genus Acronychia (Hartley 1974), a

new species of the genus has been discovered in east central Queensland. This

plant is described below with notes on its distribution, ecology, and

relationships to other species, Also, the changes and additions required to

accommodate it in the key to species that was presented in the revision are

given. Specimens cited as QRS are deposited at the herbarium of the

Queensland Regional Station, C.S.1.R.O. Division of Forest Research,

Atherton. The remaining specimens cited are deposited at the Herbarium

Australiense, C.S.I.R.O., Division of Plant Industry, Canberra (CANB).

Acronychia eungellensis Hartley & Hyland, sp. nov. Figure 1.

Arbor 20 m alta; ramulis glabris; foliis unifoliolatis; petiole glabro, 1-1.8 cm longo; foliolo

subcoriaceo, glabro, elliptico- oblongo, 5.5-8 cm longo, 2-3 cm lato, basi acuto vel cuneato, apice

obtuso vel rotundato, venis primariis utrinsecus costae !0—12; inflorescentiis paucifloris vel

plurifloris, 2-9 cm longis, axe et ramis glabris, pedicellis elabris, 4-5.5 mm longis; floribus

7.5-8.5 mm longis; sepalis glabris, rotundatis, 1 mm longis, 1.7 mm _ latis; petalis glabris; disco

glabro, 0.7-0.8 mm alto, ca. 2 mm lato; ovario glabro, fissuris septicidalibus ad basin extensis; stylo

apicem versus glabro, aliter pubescent; fructibus roseis, mox luteolis, in sico rubiginosis, glabris,

fissuris septicidalibus ad basin extensis, ambitu late ovatis vel ellipticis, valde 4—lobatis, ca. 10 mm

latis, basi truncatis, apice depressis; epicarpio in sicco minus quam 0.5 mm crasso, semicarnoso,

mesocarpio non evidenti; endocarpio pergamentaceo; seminibus atrorubiginosis, ca. 5 mm longis.

Holotypus: Hyland 9129 (CANB).

Tree 20 m high; branchlets glabrous. Leaves unifoliolate; petiole glabrous,

1-1.8 cm long; leaflet subcoriaceous, glabrous, elliptic- oblong, 5.5-8 cm long,

2-3 cm wide, the base acute to cuneate, the apex obtuse to rounded, the main

veins 10 to 12 on each side of the midrib, Inflorescences few— to

several-flowered, 2-9 cm long; axis and branches glabrous; pedicels glabrous,

4-5.5mm long. Flowers 7.5-8.5 mm long; sepals glabrous, rounded, 1 mm

long, 1.7mm wide; petals glabrous; disc glabrous, 0.7-0.8 mm high, about

2 mm wide; ovary glabrous, with septicidal fissures extending to the base; style

glabrous toward the apex, otherwise pubescent. Fruits rose-red, becoming

yellowish at. maturity, drying reddish brown, glabrous, with septicidal fissures

extending to the base, broadly ovate to elliptic in outline, strongly 4-lobed,

about 10 mm wide, the base truncate, the apex depressed; epicarp drying less

452

Figure 31. Acronychia eungellensis Hartley & B. Hyland: a, flowering branchlet; b, flower bud; c,

flower at anthesis with one petal and three stamens removed; d, stamen in adaxial view;

e, anther in abaxial view; f-h, fruit in top and side view and longitudinal section (a-e

drawn from Hyland 9129, fh drawn from Hyland 4197 RFK). Note: the fruit was

drawn from spirit material which is somewhat larger than the dried material the

description is based on.

453

than 0.5mm _ thick, semi-fleshy, without evident mesocarp; endocarp

pergamentaceous. Seeds dark reddish brown, about 5 mm long. (Fig. 31)

Field characters. Medium tree 20 m tall, 30 cm d.b.h.; buttresses absent. Bark

thin (less than 2.5 cm thick), smoothish, lenticels inconspicuous, subrhytidome

layer pink-red; outer blaze pink, marked with pale longitudinal stripes; inner

blaze pink, fibrous.

Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Ecology. Mountain rain forest, 920m. Annual rainfall approximately

2000 mm, much of which falls as light rain or drizzle from the southeast trade

winds. Parent soil material granite or rhyolite. Topsoil grey and loamy, its

surface characterised by. series of mounds and depressions suggesting

waterlogging at some time during the year. The surrounding forest is in poor

health with a large percentage of dead and dying trees, probably as a result of

Phytophthora cinnamomi infection. The tree from which the type and paratype

collections were made was still in good health in October, 1976. Growing in its

immediate vicinity were Balanops australiana, Beilschmiedia sp. aff. B.

obtusifolia, and Elaeocarpus eumundi. The forest area is otherwise

characterised by Cinnamomum laubatii, Cinnamomum oliveri, Eugenia

(Syzygium) sp. aff. E. angophoroides, Polyosma alangiacea, Schizomeria ovata,

and Sphenostemon lobosporus.

Queensland. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Eungella Range, State Forest Reserve 62, Gamma,

21°00’ S, 148° 35’ E., Hyland 4197 RFK (CANB, QRS), 9129 (CANB, holotype; QRS, isotype).

In having fruits and ovaries with septicidal fissures extending for at least

one half the length, and fruits drying with entirely. semifleshy epicarp without

evident mesocarp, Acronychia eungellensis is apparently one of the most

primitive species of the genus, There are six other similarly primitive species

(Group Ia in the classification presented in the revision, pp. 475-477),

one of which, A. wilcoxiana, which ranges from Fraser Island, Queensland

(about 650 km SSE of the station for A. eungellensis), south to about Gosford,

New South Wales, is apparently the closest relative of A. eungellensis. It differs

from the latter mainly in having larger leaflets (7-21.cm long), shorter pedicels

(0.5~3 mm long), and larger flowers (8.5-10 mm long). There are also

differences in carpel number: the material of A. eungellensis is entirely

four-carpellate, whereas in single collections of A. wilcoxiana it generally varies

from four to six, five to seven, or six to eight.

The following changes and additions are required in the key to species (pp.

478-488 in the revision) to accommodate Acronychia eungellensis:

The second part of the 13th couplet in the key to flowering material (p.

479) should be reworded, and an additional couplet, 13a, added.

Ba, FETs PRS — ENT OLERES Af aries, saat enal ate 8 dot aap e Mrcetei sla clonal n sMlaeace nebeh nen wiles ee cade 13a.

13a. Flowers 7.5-8.5 mm long; ovary 4-carpellate, completely glabrous, with septicidal

fissures extending to the base; leaflets subcoriaceous, elliptic-oblong, 5.5-8 cm long;

pedicels 4—5.5 mm long. ......... ccc cece cence tees tr eneeeuevesnaenns 2la. A. eungellensis.

1347 Flowers 805-16 tiilon ge plas sace stances herman ieeevrcvins weseer enter eeevanertheeadietied zea Le 14,

Following the first part of the 16th couplet in the key to fruiting material

(p. 484), an additional couplet, 16a, should be added, and the unnumbered

couplet keying to A. baeuerlenii and A. wilcoxiana replaced with a new one.

454

16a. Fruits subglobose, with narrow, inconspicuous septicidal fissures; leaflets chartaceous,

6-11 cm long; pedicels 4-9 mm long; sepals about | mm long............... 4. A. baeuerlenii.

16a. Fruits lobed, with conspicuous septicidal fissures,

Fruits 4- to 8-carpellate; leaflets chartaceous to subcoriaceous, 7-21 cm long; pedicels

0.5-3 mm long; sepals 1.2—2.7 mm Jong........... ccc cece eres tenes eee 21. A. wilcoxiana.

Fruits 4-carpellate; leaflets subcoriaceous, 5.5-8 cm long; pedicels 4-5.5 mm long; sepals

Depp Te FS aA ye epa aac ie xlorucy ale i Meee d v4 d oth bh rinare Eek cad anda BAG A. eungellensis.

Acknowledgments

Thanks are extended to the curators of the herbaria mentioned in the

introduction for providing specimens for this study. We also wish to thank

Terry Nolan, C.S.I.R.O. Division of Forest Research, Atherton, who prepared

the illustration.

Literature cited

HARTLEY, T. G. (1974). A revision of the genus Acronychia (Rutaceae), Journal of the Arnold

Arboretum 55: 469-523, 525-567.

455

Austrobaileya 1(5) 455-467 (1982)

NEW SPECIES OF GRAMINEAE FROM SOUTH-EASTERN

QUEENSLAND

By B. K. Simon

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

Summary

The following 8 species of Gramineae from south-eastern Queensland are described as new:

Bothriochloa bunyensis, Dichanthium queenslandicum, Sporobolus laxus, x Cynochloris

reynoldsensis, Dichelachne parva, Arundinella grevillensis, Paspalidium grandispiculatum and

Eragrostis longipedicellata.

During the course of preparation of A Key to Queensland Grasses (Simon,

1980) a number of undescribed species were referred to in the key by reference

to individual specimens. As the Gramineae account for the forthcoming Flora

of South-Eastern Queensland is to be written up soon it was thought

opportune to formally describe these species for inclusion in the flora

account.

Bothriochloa bunyensis B. K. Simon, species nova affinis B. bilobae S. T.

Blake sed internodiis rachidis longioribus, pilis calli, internodiorum

rachidis et pedicelli brevioribus, rhizomatibus differt. Typus:

Queensland, Bunya Mountains, Simon 3530 (BR1I256874, holotypus;

eon AD, B, BRI, CANB, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, NT, PERTH,

PRE).

Perennial to 60cm tall with thin, many-noded rhizomes. Culms solitary,

geniculately ascending to erect, glabrous, smooth, 2-4—-noded, nodes glabrous,

deep purple in colour. Leaf sheaths slightly keeled, becoming fibrous at

maturity, slightly hairy, with the hairs thicker at the margins and arising from

tubercled bases. Ligule membranous with a shortly ciliolate fringe, to 1 mm

long. Leaf blades linear to 12 cm long, with an acuminate apex, flattened with

scaberulous margins and apices. Inflorescence digitate to subdigitate with 2-4

pedunculate stiffly spreading racemes which are 5—-12-jointed and 5-10 cm

long. Spikelet pairs heterogamous, the pedicelled spikelet reduced to a long

inrolled lower glume. Rhachis internodes and pedicels 7-8 mm long, linear,

filiform, finely furrowed throughout most of their lengths, with ciliate margins.

Sessile spikelet 8-9 mm x 1.7—2 mm, dorsally compressed; callus oblique, scar

obtuse ca 0.3mm in diameter, callus hairs to 3mm long. Lower glume

2—keeled, with a row of rigid bristles on the keels and flat on the back in the

apical 3, with the margins more rounded and incurved and the back more

convex towards the base, crustaceous with hyaline margins, 13-nerved between

the keels, the back scabrous towards the apex, papillate towards the base.

Upper glume slightly smaller than the lower with a cymbiform keel scabrous

towards the apex, 3—nerved. Lower lemma about half as long as the glumes, a

broad hyaline membrane. Upper lemma linear, 4mm long, shortly 2—lobed;

awn arising from the sinus of the lobes, ca 2 cm long, reddish-brown, stout,

scaberulous all over, geniculate, the column and apical portion of about equal

length. Palea a short hyaline membrane ca | x 1mm, with a very erose

apical margin. Anthers 3, 1.5-2 mm long. Lodicules cuneate, hyaline, ca | mm

long, with branching nerves. Grain ca 3 x I mm, reddish brown, embryo ca

0.4mm long. Pedicelled spikelet consisting of a subulate lower glume with

inrolled scabrous margins, 12—13 mm long, 7—-nerved (Fig. 32).

Seri

ee)

Figure 32. Bothriochloa bunyensis. 1, habit (x 24); 2, terminal portion of raceme (x 4); 3,

rhachis internode (x 8); sessile spikelet; 4, lower glume (x 8); 5, upper glume (x 8);

6, lower lemma (x 8); 7, upper lemma with base of awn (x 8); 8, flower (x 17); 9,

upper palea (x 17); 10, lodicules (x 17); 11, pedicelled spikelet (x 8), 12, junction of

354

leaf-sheath and blade showing ligule (x 8), From Peart :

457

Queensland. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Bunya Mountains, Horse Gully, May 1976, Peart in

BRI 217948 (BRI); Mar 1977, Peart 354 (BRI, CANB),; May 1979, Simon 3525 (BRI); Bunya

Mountains, Sterling’s grazier ranch, near Guest House, Mar 1944, Clemens in BRI 045797, 045798

(BRD; Bunya Mountains, Munro’s Camp, Jan 1980, Simon 3529 (BRI); Bunya Mountains, Mt

ea Jan 1980, Simon 3530 (AD, B, BRI, CANB, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, NT, PERTH,

For key characters distinguishing this species from other Australian species

of Bothriochloa see Simon (1980) where B. bunyensis is referred to as

B. sp. Peart 354.

This species appears to be restricted to two areas of the Bunya Mountains,

one in Horse Gully at the base of the range on the southern access route and

the other in the vicinity of the Sterling’s property at the summit. It was first

collected by Mrs M. S. Clemens in 1944 on the grassy slopes near the guest

house, when it was suggested by the collector to possibly have been an African

introduction, but it was not recollected until May 1976 from Horse Gully by

Dr M. Peart from the Queensland Agricultural College, Lawes. The late S. T.

Blake left some brief descriptive notes on the grass in the Queensland

Herbarium without suggesting any name for it and was probably of the opinion

that it was a new species. Although the genera Bothriochloa and Dichanthium

have been united under Dichanthium by some workers (De Wet & Harlan

1966, 1970; Clayton, 1977), S. T. Blake (1969) expressed caution for such a

step even though hybrids between members of the genera have been artificially

produced. I agree with this view and regard the widely used character of the

presence or absence of a translucent midline in the rhachis internodes and

pedicels to be as good a generic character as used to separate many other grass

genera. There is also a general tendency, in the Australian species at least, of

the sessile spikelets of Bothriochloa to be acute at the apex compared with the

more obtuse apices of the Dichanthium sessile spikelets. Furthermore the

genera differs in their phytogeography in that Dichanthium is not native to the

New World (Clifford & Simon, 1980). The translucent midline in Bothriochloa

bunyensis is present, although it is not as distinct as in most of the other

species of Bothriochloa.

Dichanthium gueenslandicum B. K. Simon, species nova affinis D. tenui (R.Br.)

. Camus sed racemis et spiculis longioribus differt. Typus.

Queensland, 10 km E of Capella, Simon 2882 & Bisset (BRI 228113,

holotypus; isotypi, CANB, K, MO).

Caespitose perennial to 80cm tall. Culms solitary or rarely branched,

erect, glabrous, smooth with a single groove, 4-5—-noded, nodes prominently

hairy. Leaf sheaths hirsute with the hairs arising from tubercled bases, hairier

at the blade-sheath junction. Ligule mebranous with a shortly ciliolate fringe,

to 1.5mm long. Leaf blades linear, to 18 cm long, flattened with scaberulous

margins and apices, hirsute with the hairs arising from tubercled bases.

Inflorescence a single raceme of paired spikelets to 10 cm long, rarely paired,

up to 30-jointed. Spikelet pairs heterogamous. Rhachis internodes and pedicels

ca 2.5 mm long, with hairs to 3 mm long arising mainly from the base and the

apex on the rhachis internode and mainly from the apex on the pedicel,

+ terete. Sessile spikelet 7.5-8.5 x ca 1.5mm, dorsally compressed, straw-

coloured to pale mauve; callus oblique, scar obtuse, ca 0.5 x 0.3 mm,

callus hairs white, to 0.3 mm long. Lower glume coriaceous, gently rounded on

the back, winged at each side in the upper half, the wings with scabrous

margins, apex ragged and irregular, | 1—nerved. Upper glume coriaceous, as

long as the lower glume, 3—keeled forming 2 longitudinal depressions between

the keels, the apex acuminate. Lower lemma ca 5mm long, a hyaline

Figure 33. Dichanthium queenslandicum. 1, habit (x 2/3); 2, spikelet pair (x 8); sessile spikelet; 3,

lower glume, ventral view (x 8); 4, upper glume, dorsal view (x 8); 5, upper lemma

and base of awn (x 8); 6, lower lemma, flower and lodicules, and base of upper lemma

(x 8); 7, grain (x 8); 8, lower glume (x 8); 9, upper glume (x 8); 10, lower lemma

(x 8); 11, upper lemma (x 8); 12, base of pedicelled spikelet showing stamens,

lodicules, glumes and lemmas (x 8); 13, lodicules (x 17). From Simon 2897A &

Jacobsen,

459

membrane. Upper lemma linear, 3 mm long extending into a geniculate awn

ca 2cm long, dark brown and twisted in the lower half, pale and less twisted

above. Anthers 2, ca 1 mm long. Lodicules cuneate, hyaline, ca 0.5 mm long.

Grain ca 4 x 1.5mm yellowish, embryo ca 0.4mm long. Pedicelled spikelets

ca 6 x 1.5mm, male, straw-coloured to pale mauve. Lower glume coriaceous

flattened to rounded on the back with scaberulous margins in the upper half,

1l—nerved. Upper glume hyaline, ca 5 x 1 mm, 3-nerved. Lower lemma ca 4

x 0.75 mm, hyaline, nerveless; upper lemma linear, ca 3 x 0.5 mm, ragged at

i 2 Anthers 2, ca 2 mm long. Lodicules cuneate, hyaline, ca 0.5 mm long

ig. 33).

Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 10km E of Capella, Dec 1975, Strron 2882 & Bisset

(BRI, CANB, K, MO); 21 km SE of Clermont, Dec 1975, Simon 2897A & Jacobsen (BRI, L,

NSW, NT), 4km N of Emerald, Dec 1975, Sion 2923 & Jacobsen (BRI, AD, US), Simon 2924

& Jacobsen (BRI); 24 miles SE of Springsure, Mar 1970, Younger BRI 092795 (BRI); Gindie, Apr

1913, Bick BRI 191773 (BRD, Apr 1930, Quodling BRI 191774 (BRI, Apr 1930, /arrot 3 (BRD;

Emerald Downs, Apr 1975, Jacobsen E415 (BRI); 20km W of Clermont, Noy 1975, Jacobsen

E463 (BRI); Fernlees, Dec 1933, Hock 7 (BRI); 45 miles W of Nebo, Jun 1962, Story & Yapp 103

(BRI, CANB); 10 miles S of Nebo, Jun 1962, Story & Yapp 9 (BRI, CANB); Kerry Downs, Jun

1956, Bisset E10 (BRI), PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: Callide Valley, Apr 1937, White 10793

(BRI); between Dawes and Lawegi, Apr 1948, Shaw & Bisset BRI 045799 (BRI). DARLING

DOWNS DISTRICT: Jimbour Plain, Mar 1951, Bisset S 762 (BRI).

For key characters distinguishing this species from other Australian

species of Dichanthium see Simon (1980) where D. queenslandicum is referred

to as Dichanthium sp. Simon & Jacobsen 2897A.

Specimens of D. queenslandicum have been collected since 1913,

especially from the Emerald area. It occurs on black cracking clay in

association mainly with other species of blue grasses (Dichanthium spp. and

Bothriochloa spp.) but also with other grasses restricted to this soil type. It is

known to be of good fodder value as noted by W. Hock in his notes

accompanying his specimen No. 7 from Fernlees cited above:— “It is a very

good class of grass which held its own until eaten out’. Some of the earlier

specimens were named Andropogon annulatus Forssk. var. monostachya

F. Muell. but this name refers to what is now Dichanthium fecundum S. T.

Blake, a different species. The late S. T. Blake tentatively suggested D.

queenslandicum may be a new genus on a genus cover in the Queensland

Herbarium, but there are no really outstanding features of the species which

would place it outside the normal range of variation known for the genus

Dichanthium.

Sporobolus laxus B. K. Simon, species nova affinis S. dianderi (Retz.) Beauv.

sed ramis paniculae nudis (non ferentibus spiculas) per aliquam distantiam e

base, tribus staminibus differt. Typus: Queensland, near Eagle Heights, Simon

2927, Sharpe & Stanley (BRI 228827 holotypus; isotyp1 CANB, K).

Caespitose perennial to 1.2 m tall, with well developed root system and

some roots extending to 40 cm long. Culms solitary, erect, glabrous, smooth,

yellowish to pale green, 2-3-noded, nodes glabrous. Leaf sheaths faintly and

sparsely hairy, scabrous at the margins, the teeth becoming longer at the

auricle. Ligule a very short fringe of hairs. Leaf blades flattened to involute, to

40 cm long, flexuous, with scaberulous margins when young. Inflorescence a

divaricate panicle up to 30 * 8 cm with the branches naked for some distance

from the base. Spikelets on pedicels 0.5-1 mm long, 1-flowered, olive-green, ca

2mm long, acute at the apex. Glumes hyaline nerveless membranes, the lower

0.75 x 0.3 mm, with an erose apex, the upper x 0.3 mm with an acute apex.

Lemma and palea hyaline tapering to the apex, the lemma, faintly l—-nerved, 2

TT SASHES ATT

460

x 0.5mm, the palea ca 1.6 x 0.5mm. Anthers 3, ca 0.6 mm long. Lodicules

oe 0.2 x 0.2 mm. Grain 1 x 0.5 mm, reddish mauve, truncate (Fig.

34) :

Queensland. COOK DISTRICT: Barron River Gorge, Jun 1935, Blake 9430 (BRD, Jul 1938, Gay

406 (BRI); Seven Sisters near Atherton, Feb 1962, Webb & Tracey 5858 (BRI, CANB); Mareeba,

Mar 1938, Blake 13465 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: near Euramo, § of Tully, Apr

1945, Blake 15804 & Webb (BRI, NSW, MEL). LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Carnarvon Creek,

Sep 1940, White 11397 (BRI). PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: Rosedale, Nov 1934, Dovey 472 (BRI),

1930, Dovey G54 (BRI). BURNETT DISTRICT: Mundubbera, Mar 1933, Bloxsome 1 (BRI).

WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Sandy Creek, Dallarnil-Childers Road, Dec 1939, Smith 678 (BRI), Elliot

Head Railway Bridge near Bundaberg, Dec 1938, Goy & Smith 592. MORETON DISTRICT:

Halls Creek, opposite Bribie Island, May 1978, E/so/ 458 & Sattler (BRI), Eagle Heights—-Oxenford

road, 7 km from Eagle Heights, Mar 1976, Simon 2927, Sharpe & Stanley (BRI, CANB, K); Kiels

Mountain Road, SE of Nambour, May 1977, E/so/ 127 (BRI); Enoggera Creek, Bailey (BRI;

between Beerwah and Cruikneck Mountains, Oct 1935, Goy 85 (BRI); Camp Mountain, Apr 1940,

Blake 14165 (BRI); Nudgee, Jul 1913, White (BRI); Brisbane, Bailey (BRD; Buderim, Apr 1916,

White (BRD; Toowong Creek, Nov 1934, Everist (BRD; Petrie, Jul 1930, Blake 6, 12 (BRI);

Toowong, Noy 1887, Simmonds 651 (BRI); Cedar Creek, 20 miles NW of Brisbane, Dec 1937,

Goy & Smith 44 (BRI); Cash’s Crossing, Jan 1938, Smith 260 (BRI); Ferny Grove, Dec 1931,

Eyerist, 264 (BRI); Candle Mountain, May 1918, White (BRI), Botanic Garden, Brisbane, Dec

1933, Everist (BRI).

Probably also in New South Wales.

Material of this species has been included with S. diander in the

Queensland Herbarium for some considerable time. The characteristic naked

zone on the inflorescence branches however separate it from S. diander and

furthermore the stamen number is different.

In Simon (1980) S. /axus is keyed out as Sporobolus sp. Blake 9430 but

the discovery of 3 stamens in the species necessitates a change in the key as

follows:

12. Robust plants with a dense inflorescence interrupted only at the base............... cece eee e eae

S. indicus, S. africanus, S. fertilis

More slender plants with a spreading inflorescence or the spikelets arranged in spike-like

eligters. 8 oc aeeees eva ane et Pre satel a eho ed hears aang edan Se arene sete sd

15. Lower glume truncate or erose; inflorescence branches spreading ..........c0s.cceeeee eves eee 16

Lower glume obtuse; inflorescence branches with spike-like clusters of spikelets............. 17

16. Inflorescence branches bearing spikelets to the base; stamens 2 ........... ccc e cece eas S. diander

Inflorescence branches naked for some distance at the base; stamens 3 ............. seeds daxus

x Cynochloris reynoldensis B. K. Simon, species nova affinis C. macivorii

Clifford & Everist sed arista longiore flosculi infirmi, carinis glabris

flosculorum, apicibus flosculorum acutis vel truncatis; affinis Chloris

ventricosae R. Br. sed gramine delicatiore, arista flosculi infirmi multo

breviore differt. Typus. Queensland, Reynolds Creek near Mt Greville,

Rone 2526 & Sharpe (BRI 227424, holotypus; isotypi CANB, K,

MO).

A delicate stoniferous perennial to 40cm tall, postulated to be a hybrid

between Chloris ventricosa R. Br. and Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Culms

branched at the base, geniculately ascending from the stolons, glabrous,

smooth, 3-6—-noded, the nodes mauve in colour up to 2 mm long. Leaf sheaths

keeled with hyaline marginal flaps, glabrous except at the apex where there are

distinctive white hairs at the auricle and continuous with those at the base of

the leaf blade. Ligule membranous with a short ciliolate fringe, to 0.5 mm

long. Leaf blades linear, flattened, tapering to an acute apex, scabrous on the

margins, to 7cm x 1.5 mm. Inflorescence consisting of 24 digitate spikes up

461

SP hee ania ty

M.A. SAUL

Figure 34. Sporobolus laxus. 1, habit (x 2/3); 2, lower glume (x 17); 3, upper glume (x 17); 4,

lemma (x 17); 5, palea (x 17); 6, flower and lodicules (x 33). From Simon 2927,

Sharpe & Stanley. x Cynochloris reynoldensis. 7, habit (x 2/3); 8, lower glume (x 17);

9, upper glume (x 17); 10, lower lemma (x 17); 11, palea (x 17); 12, gynaecium and

lodicules (x 33); 13, anther (x 33); 14, upper lemma (x 17). From Simon 2526 &

Sharpe.

NT TET

462

to 7 cm long, with a distinctive zone of white hairs at the point of branching of

the spikes. Glumes keeled, scaberulous on the keels, acute at the apex, the

lower 1.75 mm long, the upper 2.25 mm long. Florets 2, the upper much

reduced. Lower floret: lemma boat shaped, 2.75 mm long, obtuse to truncate.at

the apex, with a slightly hairy callus and a short scabrous awn to 2 mm long;

palea a spatulate membrane to 2.1 mm long and 0.5mm wide at the widest

point, with scaberulous margins; anthers 3, to 1mm long; lodicules wedge

shaped, to 0.2 mm long; grain not seen. Upper floret reduced to a lemma,

oo at the apex, 1.5 mm long, with a scaberulous awn to 0.5 mm long (Fig.

Queensland, MORETON DISTRICT: Reynolds Creek, SE of Mt Greville, Mar 1975, Simon 2526

& Sharpe (BRI, CANB, K, MO).

This is the second report of a natural hybrid between the genera Cynodon

and Chloris. The first (Clifford & Everist, 1964) reported a hybrid between

Cynodon dactylon and Chloris divaricata R. Br. whereas the putative parents

involved in x C. reynoldensis are Cynodon dactylon and Chloris ventricosa.

Although at the time of collection the parental species were not specifically

observed in the area of collection both have been collected in regions near to

the type locality. In the facies of the spikelet x Cynochloris reynoldensis

appears closer to Chloris ventricosa than to Cynodon dactylon and initially

does not appear to be as intermediate as x Cynochloris macivorti does between

its parental species (Clifford & Everist, 1964), A possible explanation is x C.

reynoldensis represents a production of introgression between the two parents,

with the characters of Chloris ventricosa having more influence than those of

Cynodon dactylon. The more conspicuous morphological characters of

x Cynochloris reynoldensis and its parent species are summarised as follows:

x Cynochloris Chloris

Character - ee reynoldensis — ventricosa

Habit Stoloniferous and rhizo- Stoloniferous Sometimes

matous stoloniferous

Culm height to 30 cm to 40 cm to 80 cm

Callus vestiture glabrous ciliate ciliate

Surface of lemma smooth with hairy keel very sparsely sparsely scabrid

scabrid on Keel

Awn. of lower 0.1 mm to 2.1 mm to 7 mm

lemma

Awn of upper nil to 0.5 mm to 4mm

lemma

Inflorescence spike to 6cm to 7.cm to 10cm

length

Dichelachne parva B. K. Simon; species nova affinis D. rarae (R. Br.) Vickery

sed culmis brevioribus, paniculis parvis differt. Typus. Queensland,

near Wyberba, Blake 4600 (BRI 061721, holotypus).

Caespitose perennial to 35 cm tall with leaves mostly crowded at the base.

Culms solitary, geniculately ascending to erect, smooth to slightly scaberulous,

glabrous, terete, 2-3-noded, nodes glabrous. Leaf sheaths smooth to slightly

scaberulous on the nerves. Ligule membranous, hardly perceptible to 1 mm

long. Leaf blades up to 8cm x I mm, flattened, smooth to slightly hairy on

the under surface. Inflorescence a loose panicle 3-8 x !-2 cm with up to 30

spikelets, the axis and branches distinctly visible. Spikelets to 5.5mm long

463

without the awns, Glumes 3.5-5.5 mm long, each with a central firm keel and

lateral hyaline margins, slightly scaberulous on the keel towards the acute

apex. Lemma 3.5—4.5 mm long including the 0.5 mm long callus with callus

hairs 0.5—-1 mm long; awn 10-15 mm long, scaberulous. Palea 3.5-4 mm long.

Anthers 3, 0.25mm long. Ovary 0.5mm long. Grain furrowed, yellowish-

brown, linear-oblong ca 3 x 0.5 mm (Fig. 36).

Queensland. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: near Wyberba, Jan 1933, Blake 4600 (BRI); Bald

Mountain near Wallangarra, Jan 1933, Blake 4476 (BRI). New South Wales. CENTRAL

TABLELANDS: Katoomba, Jan 1939, Blake 13926 (BRI, NSW).

This species is separable from the more widespread D. rara (R. Br.)

Vickery by its much smaller facies, With further study it may turn out to be a

variety of this species, but from this preliminary investigation it appears more

different than the subspecies of D. rara (Veldkamp, 1974) from each other and

is given species rank. It is distinguished from the other Australian species of

Dichelachne by the characters in Simon (1980) where D. parva is referred to as

Dichelachne sp. Blake 4600. The three spcimens collected to date come from

wet habitats in montane sandy areas of the Queensland granite belt and the

Blue Mountains of New South Wales.

Arundinella grevillensis B. K. Simon, species nova affinis A. montanae S. T.

Blake sed culmis brevioribus, foltis basalibus brevioribus filiformibus

ferentibus pilos basibus tubercularibus, rhizomatibus longis gracilibus

differt. Typus. Queensland, Mt Greville, Simon 2528 & Sharpe

(BRI 227421, holotypus; isotypus CANB).

Tufted perennial to 25 cm tall, arising from long slender rhizomes which

are woollyhaired at the origin of the culms. Culms branched at the base, many

noded with the nodes concealed by the leaf sheaths. Leaf sheaths strongly

nerved and with a few tubercle-based hairs. Ligule a short membrane with

hairs to 1 mm long. Leaf blades mostly involute, filiform and basal to 4cm

long with sparsely arranged tubercle-based hairs, rarely blades to 7 cm long and

wider produced from the central part of the culm. Inflorescence a sparse

panicle to 8cm long of 3-17 spikelets, exserted above the basal foliage.

Spikelets 2-flowered, 5mm long (excluding the awns) on pedicels 2-4 mm

long, gaping at maturity. Glumes streaked with pale mauve, firmly

membranous with acuminate apices, the lower 4mm long, 7-nerved, the

central nerve slightly scabrous on the back towards the apex, the upper 5 mm

long, 5—nerved. Lower floret male. Lemma like the upper glume with the

apex less acuminate. Palea a hyaline membrane, acute at the apex, 3.5 x

1mm. Upper floret hermaphrodite. Lemma scabrid, coriaceous, 2.5 x

0.75 mm, truncate at the top, extending into a geniculate awn 4.5 mm long;

brown at the base, pale above. Palea 3 x 0.75mm acute with lateral

flaps enclosing the ovary/grain at the base. Grain | x 0.5 mm (Fig. 35).

Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Mt Greville, SE ones near peak, Mar 1975, Simon 2528 &

Sharpe (BRI, CANB), rocky slopes on southern side, Oct 1961, Everist BRI 030272 (BRI), rocky

slope on NE face, Aug 1973, Durrington 728 & Sharpe (BRI), crevices in steep rocky slopes and

ledges (trachyite), ‘Apr 1962, Blake 21709 (BRI), crevices and rocky slopes on southern side, Everist

BRI 038002 (BRI).

This species was originally thought to be a dwarf form of Arundinella

montana S. T. Blake but its distinctive habit of low stature and filiform basal

leaves was thought enough reason to separate it from this species. In this

respect it differs as much in its habit as A. montana does from A nepalensis

Trin.; indeed all three species are almost identical in their spikelet

464

Figure 35. Arundinella grevillensis. 1, habit (x 2/3); 2, spikelet, side view (x 8); 3, lower glume

(x 8); 4, upper glume (x 8); 5, lower lemma (x 8); 6, lower palea and lodicules (x 8);

7, anther of lower floret (x 8); 8, upper lemma (x 8}; 9, upper palea (x 8); 10, young

grain of upper floret (x 17). From Simon 2528 & Sharpe. Paspalidium

grandispiculatum 11, habit (x 2/3); 12, sptkelet, side view (x 8); 13, lower glume (x 8);

14, upper glume (x 8); 15, lower palea, dorsal and ventral views (x 8); 16, lower

lemma and anthers (x 8); 17, upper lemma (x 8); 18, upper palea (x 8); 19, flower of

upper floret. From Peart 1480 and Peart 1913.

465

morphology, and differ only by vegetative characters, Presently it is known

only from five collections on Mt Greville and there is a need to establish

whether it is endemic there or does occur on other mountains.

For key characters distinguishing this species from other Australian species

of Arundinella see Simon (1980) where A. grevilfensis 1s referred to as

Arundinella sp. Simon 2528,

Paspalidium grandispiculatum B. K. Simon, species nova affinis P. gracilis

S. T. Blake sed spiculis grandioribus, culmis lignosis, rhizomibus

lignosis longis differt. Typus. Queensland, 14 km N of Helidon, Peart

1990 (BRI 255048, holotypus; isotypi BRI, CANB, K, L, MO, NSW).

Perennial to 150 cm tall with robust woody rhizomes. Culms woody,

smooth, glaucous to pruinose on exposed sections, 7-9—-noded, branched at

some nodes throughout the culm length. Leaf sheaths glabrous, smooth,

rounded on the back. Ligule a ciliate fringe, with cilia to 1mm long. Leaf

blades linear to 8 cm long, smooth, scaberulous on nerves particularly on the

underside. Inflorescence a raceme to 16 cm long of secondary racemes to 3 cm

long in which the spikelets are irregularly arranged on the secondary racemes.

Inflorescence axis and pedicels, which are up to 1 mm _ long, scabrous-

pubescent. Spikelets 3.5-4.5 mm long at maturity, 2-flowered, each accom-

panied by a scabrous bristle 3-4 mm long arising from the pedicel beneath the

lower glume. Lower glume membranous, about half the spikelet length,

indistinctly S5-nerved, scaberulous on the outer surface, obtuse at the apex,

embracing the spikelet at the base. Upper glume similar in texture to the lower

glume, three-quarters as long as the spikelet, 7—8—-nerved, very finely

scaberulous on the outer surface, obtuse to acute at the apex. Lower floret

male with three anthers; lemma similar in all repects to the upper glume

except that 5—nerved; palea 0.5 mm shorter than the lemma, hyaline, 2—keeled.

Upper floret hermaphrodite, plano-convex, slightly shorter than the spikelet,

acute at the apex; lemma crustaceous, very finely rugulose, 5~7—nerved,

embracing the sides of the palea; palea crustaceous, cymbiform with a flattened

back and rounded sides, 2—nerved. Anthers 3, ca 2.5mm long. Lodicules ca

0.5mm long. Grain to 3x 15 mm, swollen at maturity, embryo ca 1/5 the

grain length (Fig. 35).

Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Ravensbourne-Helidon Road, Feb 1979, Peart 1480 (BRI);

Nov 1979, Peart 1913 (BRI, CANB); Mar 1980, Peart 1991 (BRI, CANB, MEL); 14km N of

Helidon, Feb 1980, Peart 1990 (BRI, CANB, K, L, MO, NSW); Beaudesert, Apr 1979, Thomas in

Peart 1454 (BRI),

Paspalidium grandispiculatum is distinguished from all other Australian

species of Paspalidium by its large spikelets and characteristic woody culms

arising from robust woody rhizomes. Most other species of Paspalidium

possess contracted rootstocks and sometimes contracted rhizomes but not the

elongated rhizomes of Paspalidium grandispiculatum. The species appears to

have only been collected since 1979 in two localities of the Moreton district in

wet sclerophyll Eucalyptus forest.

Eragrostis longipedicellata B. K. Simon; species nova affinis E. lacunariae F.

Muell. ex Benth. sed pedicellis multo longioribus, spiculis

complanatibus, foliis filiformibus basalibus pro parte maxima differt.

Typus. Queensland, Proston, Blake 14213 (BRI 250843, holotypus;

isotypi CANB, K, L.).

Caespitose perennial to 80cm tall. Culms smooth, terete, pilose,

unbranched, with slightly swollen butt at the base, up to 4—noded, nodes

466

P : 4

4 i ie?

Bp 4 .

Fro os. 4 3

4 z

F : j

* J i ok

hae nN > 4

AH LIV ERR: j

H 2 He j : H

A dh i 3

i E I : H

. a ia t H

Ss ‘

‘ F 14 3 i

Le Vs * #

He ‘

4 i

M.A. SAUL Pi.

Figure 36. Eragrostis longipedicellata. 1, habit (x 2/3); 2, spikelet (x 8); 3, glumes, side view

(x 17); 4, lower glume, dorsal view (x 17); 5, upper glume, dorsal view (x 17); 6,

lemma, ventral view (x 17); 7, lemma, dorsal view (x 17); 8, palea, side view (x 17);

9, 2 anthers, young ovary and stigmas (x 33); 10, grain, side and dorsal views (x 33);

11, junction of leaf sheath and biade showing ligule (x 8). From Blake 14213.

Dichelachne parva. 12, habit (x 2/3); 13, glumes, side view (x 8); 14, lemma and palea

(x 8); 15, grain (x 8); 16, anther (x 17). From Blake 4476 & 4600.

467

yellowish, Leaf sheaths sparsely pilose, covering the culm for most its length.

Ligule a short ciliolately fringed membrane to 0.2 mm long. Leaf blades

sparsely pilose, terete, filiform and wavy, to 10cm long, arising mostly from

the base of the culm. Inflorescence an open divaricate panicle with long

branches and pedicels, 9-18 x 3-9cm. Spikelets 4-8 x 1.5-2 mm of 7-14

purple to yellowish florets. Glumes 1-1.5 mm long, purplish tinged scabrous

on the keel, the lower slightly shorter. Lemma 1.5-2 mm long, 3—nerved, acute

at the apex. Palea 2—nerved, purple tinged, scabrous on the keels, ca 1 mm

long. Anthers 3, 0.3mm long, stigmas 2. Grain 0.6 x 0.4mm, orange

coloured, with the embryo 0.3 mm long (Fig. 36).

Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Annandale, Aug 1978, Anderson 485F (BRI).

WARREGO DISTRICT: Mt. Brandon Station, Apr 1936, Blake 11146 (BRI). MARANOA

DISTRICT: 20 miles W of Mitchell, Mar 1936, Blake 10493 (BRI). BURNETT DISTRICT:

Eidsvold, May 1956, Blake 20002 (BRI); Mundubbera, Mar 1933, Bloxsome 4 (BRI); Narayen,

Feb 1968; Tothil! N495 (BRI); Proston, May 1940, Blake 14213 (BRI, CANB, K, L). DARLING

DOWNS DISTRICT: between Miles and Drillham, Feb 1935, Blake 7693 (BRI); 3 miles E of Darr

Creek, Dec 1979, Lithgow 692 (BRI, K, NSW).

For key characters distinguishing this species from other Australian species

ot pra see Simon (1980) where E. longipedicellata is referred to as E. sp.

Blake 11146,

References

BLAKE, 8S. T. (1969), Taxonomic and nomenclatural studies in the Gramineae No. |. Proceedings

of the Royal Society of Queensland 80:55-84,

CLAYTON, W. D. (1977). New grasses from eastern Africa. Studies in the Gramineae XLII. Kew

Bulletin 32:14.

CLIFFORD, H. T. & EVERIST, S. L. (1964). x Cynechloris macivorii gen. et sp. nov., a

suspected spontaneous hybrid between Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. and Chloris

divaricata R. Br. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 75:45-49,

CLIFFORD, H. T. & SIMON, B. K. (1980). The biogeography of Australian grasses. pp. 539-554

in KEAST, A. (ed.), Ecological Biogeography of Australia. The Hague: W. Junk.

DE WET, J. M. J., & HARLAN, J. R. (1966). Morphology of the compilo-species Bothriochioa

intermedia, American Journal of Botany 53:94-98,

DE WET, J. M. J. & HARLAN, J. R. (1970). Bothriochloa intermedia—a taxonomic dilemma.

Taxon 19:339-340.

SIMON, B. K. (1980). A key to Queensland grasses. Botany Branch, Queensland Department of

Primary Industries Technical Bulletin 4.

VELDKAMP, J. F. (1974). A taxonomic revision of Dichelachne Endl. (Gramineae) with some

combinations in Stipa L. and Oryzopsis Michx. Blumea 22:5-12.

468

Austrobaileya 1(5) 468-471 (1982)

NOTES ON THE GENUS KUNZEA (MYRTACEAE) IN

QUEENSLAND

by N. B. Byrnes

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

Summary

Two new species of Kunzea, K. obovata, K. graniticola and a new variety K. opposita F. Muell, var.

leichhardtii are described. Notes on all species of Kunzea found in Queensland are given with their

distribution and a key to the species is included,

The genus Kunzea was not recognised as being present in Queensland by

Bentham (1866). Bailey (1900) in the Queensland Flora included only K.

calida F. Muell. and K. peduncularis F. Muell. The latter is now referred to as

Leptospermum phylicoides (Cunn. ex Schau.) Cheel.

K. opposita F. Muell. was described (1867) from a specimen collected at

Timbarra, N.S.W. not far from the Queensland border and this was followed

by the description of K. bracteolata Maiden & Betche (1905) and K. flavescens

White & Francis (1921) from specimens collected in the Darling Downs area.

Numerous collections of the genus have been made in Queensland and

examination revealed the existence of two undescribed species and a new

variety.

Key to Queensland species (all in sect. Sa/isia)

1. PRO WErS. SAAEoF STRAIN 2 5 ad as MR A Seb bd hea Dain deregd MEER WR pela 2

FlowWers-puik Of Mauve. oy ops dsdaslbe «rb aloush ure mayo baa y an gieweaa sh lneks 4

2. Inflorescence without bracts at anthesis, northern coastal ranges.............

lL. K. graniticola

Inflorescence with persistent bracts, southern ranges ............ecc eevee 3

3. Calyx glabrous, leaves narrowly elliptical................00. 2. K. bracteolata

Calyx pubescent, leaves obovate ........ 0... ccc eee cece eens 3. K. flavescens

4. Leaves obovate, concave but not channelled above............ 4. K. obovata

Leaves linear or narrowly triangular, channelled above .................. 5

&. Leaves: linear, Willows... 5400p ccaee up eats ane ee hyd een dn calpeen 5. K. calida

Laves narrowly triangular, usually glabrous below, pubescent above..... 6

6. Leaves less than 3 mm long ............. cece eee es K. opposita var. opposita

Leaves more than 4 mm long...............05 K. opposita var. leichhardtii

1. Kunzea graniticola N. Byrnes sp. nov. affinis K. ambiguae (Sm.) Druce sed

inflorescentia capituli terminalis, marginibus petalorum erosis et lobis calycis

brevioribus. Typus: R. Smith 8a.

Shrub to 4m. Branchlets minutely pubescent at first, glabrescent. Leaves

alternate or scattered, narrowly obovate or elliptical, 4-20 mm long, 1-1.5 mm

wide, acute, narrowly cuneate at the base, sessile, uninerved and punctate

below, glabrous. Flowers white, sessile, 2-5 in a terminal head, bracts and

bracteoles caducous. Calyx glabrous, punctate, ovoid, 5-6 mm long, lobes

469

slightly keeled towards the apex, 1-1.5 mm long. Petal circular or transversely.

elliptical, ca 2 mm long, margins erose. Stamens numerous, filaments 3-5 mm

long, anthers 0.4mm long. Style ca 7mm _ long. Stigma peltate. Ovary

trilocular, adnate to the lower calyx tube, ovules numerous in each locule on a

peltate placenta. Fruit a thin-walled capsule retaining the calyx lobes.

Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: ca 16 km north of Ingham, 22 Aug 1975, Smith 8a

(BRI 197154, holo; CANB, iso); Waterfall Crk, Cardwell Ra., 25 Aug 1974, Jackes; 5-Mile Creek,

ca 8km S. of Cardwell, 22 Sep 1976 Thorsborne, 21 Sep 1977, Williams 77234 & 8 Aug 1979,

Byrnes 3919; Hinchinbrook I., Little Ramsay Bay, 11 Aug 1976, Sharpe 1614; Mt Bowen,

Hinchinbrook I. , 25 Aug 1966, Thorsbor ne; Zoe Bay, Hinchinbrook [., 21 Aug 1951, Blake 18852.

Range. All collections have been made in a restricted area including

Hinchinbrook Island and the adjacent mainland,

Habitat. Among rocks in skeletal soils of granitic origin. This species was first

collected comparatively recently in 1951 and this late discovery was due to the

difficulty of access and restricted range of the species, With K. ambigua it can

be readily recognised from other species in section Salisia having trilocular

ovaries by the absences of bracts at anthesis. The compact terminal heads of K.

graniticola differ from the loose, usually axillary flowering of K. ambigua.

2. Kunzea bracteolata Maiden & Betche has been collected from a number of

sites since Boorman first collected it in 1904. All of the collections have been

from the high granitic country within 35 km of Stanthorpe.

3. Kunzea flavescens White & Francis is very restricted in its distribution with

the only specimens coming from the type locality, Crows Nest, and Biggenden

Bluff, Mt Walsh.

In the original description it is stated that the ovary is “with a single ovule

in each cell”, Re-examination of the type specimen revealed the typical peltate

placenta in each cell with numerous ovules attached, so it belongs to the

section Salisia, not Eukunzea as originally stated. The ovules could be

dissected out as a unit and could have easily been mistaken for a single seed.

4. Kunzea obovata N. Byrnes sp. nov. affinis K. parvifoliae Schau. sed foliis

longioribus et calyce sericeo. Typus: Byrnes 3932.

Shrub to 3m high. Branchlets villous. Leaves alternate or scattered,

obovate or rarely broadly elliptical, acute, usually reflexed at the tip, concave

above, 3-9 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, thinly villous at first, glabrescent,

punctate, usually with the midvein visible below; petiole to {! mm _ long.

Flowers pink, 5-10 in a bracteate head. Bracts and bracteoles sericeous outside,

ca 2mm long. Petals broadly obovate, ca 1.5 mm long, margins erose. Stamens

numerous, 3-5 mm long. Style ca 6 mm long. Stigma small, terminal. Ovary

trilocular, adnate to the lower calyx tube, ovules numerous in each locule on a

peltate placenta. Fruit a thin walled capsule retaining the calyx lobes.

Queensland. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Cottonvale-Amiens Rd, 9 Oct 1979, Byrnes 3932,

(BRI 247872 holo; CANB, K, NSW, iso); near Passchendale, 13 Oct 1968, Everist 8121;

Thulimbah—Poziers Rd, 6 km W of Thulimbah, 7 Oct 1975, Williams 75106; Mt ‘Norman, 6 Dec

1970, Hockings; Nov 1944, Clemens 44702; Fletcher, 29 Oct 1963, Pedley 1465; Portion 134,

Tenterfield, 24 Sep 1974, McDonald 414, New South Wales. 8 km N of Deepwater, 3 Oct 1969,

Coveny 2250: Torrington, 30 Sep 1969, Jones, 2 Nov 1953, Jessup & Gray; Boonoo Boonco Falls,

16 Oct 1960, ” Morrow.

Range. Northern New England Tableland, New South Wales to southern

Darling Downs, Queensland.

470

Habitat. Skeletal or gritty sandy soils mainly derived from granite.

This species is intermediate between K. parvifolia Schau. and K. capitata

Reichb. and has been classified under both names. It differs from the former in

having larger and broader leaves, usually 4-9 mm long and a sericeous calyx.

K. parvifolia usually has leaves less than 3 mm long and most of the specimens

examined including. the type have a glabrous calyx tube. When an

indumentum is present it consists of sparse short hairs.

It can be distinguished from K. capitata by its narrower, uninerved leaves.

K. capitata is trinerved. K. parvifolia is native to Victoria and southern and

central New South Wales. K. capitata is widely spread in coastal areas and

adjacent tablelands south of the Richmond River.

5. Kunzea calida F. Muell. is represented by only the type collection held at

Kew. The species is distinct with its linear grooved leaves, branchlets and

inflorescence covered with long fine tangled hairs. The exact locality of the

collection of the type material given as the source of Flinders River, Newcastle

Range is obscure but the area is rugged and poorly explored botanically.

6. Kunzea opposita F. Muell. has been confused with K. parvifolia Schau. in

Queensland. This was due mainly to the concept that K. opposita has opposite

leaves only. Of the many specimens examined those with strictly opposite

leaves were in the minority. The leaves can be opposite, subopposite, alternate,

or spirally arranged even on the one plant. The type collection (several sheets)

is one of the forms which has mainly opposite or subopposite leaves but on the

left hand side of type sheet MEL 82193 there are alternately arranged leaves.

Kunzea parvifolia is not native to Queensland. It can be distinguished

from K. opposita by its small obovate, very shortly petiolate leaves which are

concave but not channelled above and the glabrous or very sparsely pubescent

calyx. In K. opposita the leaves are sessile, narrowly triangular, channelled

above with the channel being lined with a dense woolly indumentum and the

calyx is pubescent although this varies in density and length. Usually the

leaves are less than 3mm long as represented by the type material but

specimens collected from Blackdown Tableland have leaves 4—6 mm long and

the inflorescence has wider flowers with a longer indumentum. These

differences give the plant a distinctly different appearance and for these reasons

is here given a varietal status.

K. opposita F. Muell. var. leichhardtii N. Byrnes, var. nov. Folia 4-6 mm

longa. Flores latiores. Inflorescentia indumento longiore. Typus: Henderson

972 Durrington & Sharpe.

Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Blackdown Tableland, ca 35 km S.E. of Blackwater, Sep

Pa , ones 972, Durrington & Sharpe (holo BRI 182140); Blackdown, 3rd Creek, Aug 1964,

ittins .

Range: This variety appears to be restricted to the Blackdown Tableland of

central Queensland.

Habitat: Shallow sandy soils in sandstone area.

Kunzea ambigua under the name K. cordifolia was reported to be found

near Wallangarra by Maiden & Betche (1905), but there are no specimens to

substantiate this in Queensland Herbarium.

47]

References

BAILEY, F. M. (1900). Queensland Flora 2:592-593. H. J. Diddams & Co., London.

BENTHAM, G. (1866). Flora Australiensis 3:111-118. Lovell Reeve & Co., London.

CHEEL, E. (1942). A revision of certain species of Leptospermae. /. Proc. Royal. Soc. NSW.

76:23 1.

MAIDEN, J. H. & BETCHE, E. (1905) Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney No 11. Proc.

Linnean Soc. N.S.W. 30:363.

MUELLER, F. (1867). Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 6:23-24,

SCHAUER, J. (1844) in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:123.

WHITE, C. T. & FRANCIS, W. D. (1921). Contributions to the Queensland Flora. Proc. Royal

Soc. Od 33:155.

472

Austrobaileya 1(5) 472-496 (1982)

NOTES ON SAPINDACEAE IN AUSTRALIA, II

By S. T. Reynolds

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

The genera Alectryon (nine species), Cossinia (one species), Dimocarpus (two species),

Heterodendrum (four species) and Lepiderema (six species) are dealt with. All taxa are described

and keys to the species of each genus provided.

Alectryon kimberleyanus, A. unilobatis, Cossinia australiana, Heterodendrum pubescens, H.

tropicum, Lepiderema hirsuta, L. largiflorens and L. ixiocarpa are described as new. Dimocarpus

leichhardtii is a new combination based on Euphoria leichhardtii Benth. Cossinia is recorded from

Australia for the first time and C. pinnata Commerson ex Lam. is chosen as its lectotype species.

Contents

Alectryon Gaertn. 472

Cossinia Commerson ex Lam. 485

Dimocarpus Lour. 494

Heterodendrum Desf. 481

Lepiderema Radlk. 488

ALECTRYON

Alectryon Geartn., Fruct. 1:216, t.46 (1788). Type species: A. exce/sus Gaertn.

Spanoghea Blume, Rumph. 3:172 (1847). Type species: S. ferruginea Blume

Trees or shrubs; indumentum of simple hairs, Leaves paripinnate; leaflets

1-5—paired, usually accrescent in size towards the tip; coriaceous, epidermis

usually mucigerous. Inflorescences axillary, solitary, mostly thyrsoid, panicu-

late, racemiform or spiciform; bracts ovate, small. Flowers small, regular,

mostly unisexual and usually monoecious; calyces acetabuliform, margins

repand, dentate, or 4-6-partite, lobes ovate, subvalvate; petals 4 or 5 or

absent, very small, broadly ovate, shortly clawed, with reflexed, broad, bilobed,

hairy crestless scale: disc small, annular; stamens 5-8, exserted, filaments

filiform, anthers as long as or longer than filaments: ovaries 2-4-locular, ovules

solitary in each cell; styles terminal, filiform. Fruits mostly sessile, ‘usually

1—4-lobed with divaricate knob-like lobes, or fruits with or without grooves or

lobes; pericarp thin or thick, splitting irregularly; seeds globose, shiny, adnate

at base to fleshy, granular or ‘lobed aril.

Fifteen species, Malesia, Polynesia, New Guinea, New Zealand and

Australia; nine (two new) in Australia,

1, Petals present; aril not granular, sometimes lobed at margins. Fruits if knob-lobed,

finely pubescent or glabrous; leaflets entire or rarely serrulate towards apex not in

WOCTES CRI PIT Sey rcv ese k cS utyicn etc ue ta ct ted tne o bon Ube ool acerauhd AB neha are etl a eh atetts Dona teae a sts 2

Petals absent; aril granular, Fruits if knob-lobed rusty villous tomentose. Leaflets

entire, serrate or denticulate; usually in accrescent Pairs ......... 0. ccc cece cece ener tee eeees 4

2. tain of pale rusty or brown crispate hairs. Fruits broadly ovoid or subglobose,

3-or 4-sulcate with thin inflated lobes ........ 0... cece cece cece eee rete eeeeeees 1. A. connatus

Indumentum if present of fine, pale, appressed straight hairs. Fruits (1-)2—4 lobed with

divaricate knob-like lobes; pericarp crustaC€OUS.........ccccececseeeeeeeereeeteeenseeeaeanes 3

3. Leaflets glaucous, pubescent or puberulent below, thickly coriaceous, broadly elliptic to

subobovate; margins entire; rachises semiterete. Fruits finely pubescent, depressed

obovoid, + retuse on top, 3— or 4-lobed.......... OSA D Bete Goede de dete teeiohs 2. A. coriaceus

473

Leaflets not alaieon’ puberulent or glabrous below, thinly coriaceous, usually

narrowly elliptic-oblong; margins entire or coarsely serrulate usually above middle;

rachises usually flattened and margined. Fruits glabrous, didymous, broadly

obcordate or transversely ellipsoid, rarely 1— or 3-lobed ................... 3. A. subcinereus

4. Leaflets entire, 1- or 2-paired, of if to 4—paired then leaflets not in accrescent opposite

pairs, Fruits either turgid not lobed, or only l-lobed, or fruits compressed and

usually 2—lobed; velvety hairy to glabrous

Leaflets serrate, denticulate to subentire; 2-4—-paired in accrescent opposite pairs,

Fruits turgid with 24 knob-like lobes or indistinctly 2-lobed, rusty villous or

velvety hairy

ee ee

5. Leaflets 3-4—paired, elliptic—-oblong or elliptic-ovate tapering towards acute or acuminate

apex, 3-5 times as long as wide. Fruit 1—lobed, obliquely ellipsoid or subglobose,

often carinate towards apex, subglabrous, ...........0cc seen see eee ee eee e eee 4. A. unilobatus.

Leaflets 1- or 2-paired, obovate to obovate-elliptic, broad at apices, obtuse or

retuse, about twice as long as wide. Fruits transversely ellipsoid, lobed or not,

SAB TOUS OP ALE ti scca-v siya tee oe ce eve Candas as eens eperrenay cas Peale aane Ped eyed « 6

6. Branchlets puberulent towards tip with fine appressed straight hairs. Leaflets coriaceous,

subrigid, densely reticulate veined. Fruits compressed, usually 2-lobed, glabrous. .

5. A, forsythii

Branchlets tomentose with pale + crispate hairs and longer straight hairs.

Leaflets thinly coriaceous, not subrigid. Fruits turgid, not grooved nor lobed, velvety

TERRES Ct 8h os en aoe Peden a erneced poraninat nie tinnine eanmaritee cole ate paeneeye Lack wed i ittice 6. A. kimberleyanus

7. Branchlets and leaves puberulent or subglabrous. Fruits transversely ellipsoid and

indistinctly 2-lobed, rarely l-lobed, pericarp thick, very hard and subwoody.

Leaflets 0.7-9.5 x 0.4-3.2 cm, margins serrulate, denticulate or subentire

ee ee ey

7. A. subdentatus

Branchlets, leaves and fruits rusty villous pubescent. Fruits 1-3-knob-lobed; pericarp

crustaceous, not as above. Leaflets 4-16 x 2-8.5{-11.5)cm, margins serrate,

Serre ate-Or-Gentoulate: 20. ah ae kod ae PERS she FES ee hy ESE PET a ee 1h a a Pee ee 8

8. Leaflets narrowly ovate-oblong or elliptic with acute, acuminate or obtuse tips, 4-14.5

x 24.5 cm, margins serrate or serrulate; not bullate between nerves. (Panicles

with slender racemiform branches; Flowers 2-4 mm diam.). Fruits without apical

appendage; pericarp thick. ..........c cc ccc ese e cece eee ene e eee seeteeneneeenas 8. A. tomentlosus

Leaflets broadly elliptic-oblong to obovate with broad, obtuse, retuse or truncate tips,

6.7-12(-16) x 4.5-8.5(-11.5) cm, margins remotely denticulate; often bullate

between nerves. (Male panicles with densely flowered spiciform branches when in

bud. Flowers 2 mm diam.). Fruits with apical appendage; pericarp thin .............

9, A. repando-dentatus

1. Alectryon connatus (F. Muell.) Radlk., Sitzungsber. bayer. Akad. 8:299, 307

(1878); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:900 (1927); Francis, Aust. Rain-For,

Trees ed 3.248 (1970). Based on Spanoghea connata F. Muell., Trans.

& Proc. Philos. Inst. Vict. 3:26 -(1859). Type: Moreton Bay, Hill &

Mueller (not seen).

Nephelium connatum F. Muell., lc. 26, pro syn.; Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:465

(1863); F. M. Bailey, Qd FI. 1:302 (1899). Based on Spanoghea connata

F, Muell.

Sapindus cinereus Cunn. ex A. Gray in Wilkes Bot. U.S. Explor. Expd.

Bot. 1:258 (1854), pro syn.

Trees to 12 m; young parts and peduncles tomentose, others pubescent to

subglabrous; indumentum of pale rusty crispate hairs. Leaves with (1-) 24

leaflets each side of rachis; petioles 2—5cm long, semiterete; rachises

(1-)5-6.5(-8) cm, semiterete, adaxially ridged; pinnae opposite or alternate,

elliptic-oblong or narrowly obovate, often subfalcate, apices obtuse, retuse or

subacute, margins entire or with few blunt serrulations towards apex, bases

474

usually oblique, acute or subacute, 4.5-14.5 x 1.5-5.8 cm, subcoriaceous,

upper surfaces shiny, puberulent or glabrous, lower ones pale, + subglaucous,

papillose, pubescent to subglabrous; midribs usually pubescent; lateral nerves

6-16 pairs, subpatent; petiolules 1-3 mm long, semiterete, pulvinate. Panicles

45-18 cm long and as wide, laxly branched. Flowers 2-4 mm diam.; pedicels

3-7 mm long; calyces 1.5 x 2.5mm, lobes broadly ovate, 0.5 x 1mm,

pubescent; petals broadly ovate, 1-3 x 1-3 mm, deciduous; filaments

0.5-1.5 mm, mostly glabrous, anthers 2 mm long; ovaries pubescent. Fruits

shortly stipitate, subglobose or broadly ovoid, usually raised on top, apiculate

(residual style), 0.8-1 x 0.8-1.2 cm, orange tinged with red, 3—5-sulcate with

lobes united the whole length; lobes inflated; pericarp thin, pubescent outside;

aril red, cupular with crenate margins, thinly fleshy (Fig. 37C).

Queensland and New Guinea, chiefly coastal in Queensland from Cape

York Peninsula to Logan River; common in light rainforests on granite hills

and also on ridges behind dunes.

Papua New Guinea: CENTRAL DISTRICT: Tavai creek along Rigo Road 70 km SE of Port

Moresby, May 1967, Pullen 6895. Queensland: COOK DISTRICT: Coen, in 1962, Webb &

Tracey 7533; Oak Beach (16°42’S, 45°38’E), Apr 1966, Hyland 4065. NORTH KENNEDY

DISTRICT: Clare-Burdekin levee, Jan 1949, Smith 4407. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 8 km

SE of Eungella Dam, Apr 1978, Byrnes & Clarkson 3622, PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: Curtis

Island near Cape Keppel, Aug 1802, Brown. WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Northern branch of Burnett

River about 8km N of Bundaberg, Apr 1977, Sharpe & Dowling 2232. LEICHHARDT

DISTRICT: Isla Gorge about 28 km SW of Theodore, Aug 1973, Sharpe & Hockings 684.

BURNETT DISTRICT: Memerambi, Mar 1947, Michael 2997. MORETON DISTRICT: Mt

French, 14.5 km W of Boonah, Aug 1973, Durrington 772; Upper Brookfield, Brisbane, Sep 1977,

Jessup 4; Mar 1978, Jessup 77.

2, Alectryon coriaceus (Benth.) Radlk., Sapind. Holl—Ind. 48 (1879); Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89:902 (1927); Francis, Aust. Rain-For, Trees ed 3.249

(1970). Based on Nephelium coriaceum Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:466 (1863).

Type: Brisbane River, Fraser (not seen).

Alectryon semicinereus (F. Muell.) Radlk., Sapind. Holl.—Ind. 118 (1879)

Based on Nephelium semicinereum F. Muell., Fragm. 4:158 (1864); F.

BRE ee Qd Fl. 1:303 (1899). Type: Rockingham Bay, J. Dallachy

, 180).

Trees to 7m; young parts and inflorescences with short white appressed

hairs, others puberulent to glabrous. Leaves with 1 or 2(-3) pairs of usually

opposite leaflets; petioles 1.5-4cm long, semiterete or isobilateral; rachises

2-8cm long, semiterete; pinnae elliptic, subobovate, elliptic-oblong or

ovate-elliptic, often wider towards apex, tips rounded, obtuse, subacute, or

retuse; margins entire; bases obtuse, oblique, 5.5-18.5 x 2.5-8.5 cm, glabrous

above, glaucous, papillose, pubescent or puberulent below, thickly coriaceous;

lateral nerves 8-18 pairs, usually oblique; petiolules 5-10 mm long, channelled

above, pulvinate. Panicles 5-23.5cm long and as wide, laxly branched;

cymules 3—7-flowered. Flowers cream, 2.5-5.5 mm diam.; pedicels 1-3 mm

long; calyces 2.5-3.5 x 1-2 mm, mostly shallowly or broadly lobed, lobes

ovate, | x Imm, pubescent outside; petals white, 1-1.8 x .1-2 mm,

suborbicular or broadly ovate, shortly clawed, deciduous; stamens 8-10,

filaments 1-2 mm, pubescent, anthers to 2mm long; ovaries subglobose,

3-5—lobed, velvety hairy, subsessile. Fruits suborbicular to depressed obovoid,

+ retuse on top, abruptly narrowing into short stipe, 6-12 « 7-12 mm,

3(-5)}-lobed; lobes subglobose somewhat divergent (at apex), turgid, rusty

pubescent; pericarp thinly crustaceous; aril bright red, nearly covering seed,

fleshy, cupular with lobed margins.

475

Chiefly coastal in littoral rainforests fringing seashore from northern

Queensland to Port Stephens, New South Wales.

Queensland: COOK DISTRICT: S.F.R. 91 (16°—S, 145°—E), Jan 1957, Volck. WIDE BAY

DISTRICT: Nikenbah, NE of Maryborough, Jun 1927, Tryen. MORETON DISTRICT: Russell

Island, Moreton Bay, Apr 1927, White 3392; Coolum Beach, Dec 1976, Sharpe 2129. New South

Wales: Harrington Inlet, Dec 1976, Byrnes 3491; Cudgen, Jan 1934, White 9672.

3. Alectryon subcinereus (A. Gray) Radlk., Sapind. Holl.—Ind. 117 (1879) &

Sitzungsber. bayer. Akad. 9:524 (1879); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:900

(1927). Francis, Aust. Rain-For. Trees ed 3.249 (1970). Based on

Cupania subcinerea A. Gray, in Wilkes U.S. Explor. Expd. 15, Bot.

1:258 (1854). Type: Hunter River & Puen Bush, N.S.W. (not seen).

Spanoghea nephelioides F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Philos. Inst. Vict. 3:25

(1859). Type: Moreton Bay, Hill & Mueller (not seen).

Nephelium leiocarpum F. Muell., lc. 25 (1859) pro syn.; Benth., Fl. Aust.

1:467 (1863); F. M. Bailey, Qd Fl. 1:304 (1899). Based on Spanoghea

nephelioides F. Muell.

A. laevis Radlk., Sapind. Holl.—Ind. 119 (1879) & in Engl. & Prantl, Nat.

Pflanzenfam, 3,5 :333 (1895). Type: Clarence River, C. Moore (syntype

K).

Trees to 10m high, 35cm girth; branchlets greyish; young parts,

branchlets and inflorescences puberulent with pale appressed hairs. Leaves

with (1-)2-4 shortly stalked leaflets on each side of rachis; petioles 1.5-3.5 cm

long, semiterete, broad and pulvinate at trisulcate base; rachises 2-9 cm long,

usually flattened and slightly margined; pinnae alternate, elliptic-oblong to

elliptic-ovate, rarely wider towards apex, tips acute, shortly acuminate or

subobtuse, margins entire or coarsely serrulate usually from above middle

(serrate in juveniles), bases acute or subacute, 8-16.5 «x 2-5.5cm, upper

surfaces + shiny and glabrous, lower ones papillose, puberulent to glabrous,

thinly coriaceous; nerves and reticulate venation usually somewhat coarse and

prominent, lateral nerves 9-16 pairs, + oblique; petiolules 1-3(-6) mm,

puberulent, pulvinate. Panicles 10-15 cm long and as wide, laxly branched,

densely flowered, peduncles minutely hairy; cymules 3—7=flowered. Flowers

pink, 2-3 mm diam.; pedicels 2.5-4 mm long; calyces 1.5 * .5 mm, lobes ovate

about 0.5 x 0.5 mm, pubescent; petals reduced, about 1.5 x 2 mm, obovate,

scales as long; filaments to 1 mm long; anthers to 2 mm long; ovaries villous.

Fruits subsessile, broadly obcordate or transversely ellipsoid and mostly

didymous, rarely 1- or 3-lobed, 8-10 x 8-16 mm, lobes globose, hard, turgid;

pericarp thin, crustaceous, glabrous; seeds half enclosed in cupular fleshy,

bright red aril.

_ Southeastern Queensland to East Gippsland, Victoria. Usually in dry

rainforests along creeks, gullies and on steep slopes.

Queensland: WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Kin Kin, Mar 1916, Francis & White. MORETON

DISTRICT: Mt Glorious, 50 km W of Brisbane, Jun 1978, Jessup & Reynolds 120; Mt Lindsay,

Oct 1932, White 8566. New South Wales: 22 miles (33 km) NE of Singleton, Mar 1960, Story

7167; Bulli Pass, Oct 1927, White.

4. Alectryon unilobatus S. T. Reynolds, species nova a speciebus ceteris

Australianis fructibus plerumque unilobatis differt. Typus: Cook

District: North bank at mouth of Pascoe River (12°30’S, 143°16’E), in

1977, L. J. Webb & J. G. Tracey 13123 (BRI holotypus).

476

Trees to 10m; young parts and inflorescences pubescent or puberulent,

indumentum of short, pale rusty appressed hairs; branchlets with pale elliptic

lenticels. Leaves with (2-)3-4 leaflets on each side of rachis; petioles and

rachises terete, mostly glabrous; petioles 2-6cm long, pulvinate; rachises

1.5—7(-8.5)cm; pinnae alternate or opposite, elliptic-ovate or obliquely

elliptic-oblong, tips obtusely acuminate, shortly and abruptly acuminate,

obtuse or acute; margins entire; bases acute or subacute, oblique, usually

decurrent into petiolules, (4-)5.5-13 (-17.5) x (1.5-)2-4(-5.5) cm, glabrous

and often shiny above, puberulent or glabrous below; coriaceous, lateral nerves

9-18 pairs, slender, subpatent, looping away from margins, reticulate venation

lax, fine, prominent; petiolules 2-7(-10)mm long, semiterete, pulvinate,

puberulent or glabrous. Panicles 3.5-1l1 cm long and to 5cm wide, laxly

flowered; bracts puberulent on outside. Flowers (males) usually in 3—flowered

cymules, to 3.5 mm diam.; pedicels to 3 mm long, puberulent; calyces 0.5-— x

1-3 mm, shallowly lobed, lobes broadly ovate, about 0.5 x | mm, puberulent,

or subglabrous outside; petals absent; filaments to 0.5 mm long, puberulent

anthers to 1.7mm _ long, papillose. Fruits sessile, l—lobed, oblique,

suborbicular, obovoid or ellipsoid, with lateral oblique apiculum or beak,

8-16 «x 8-12 mm, turgid, slightly carinate towards apex, also at margins when

young, often reticulate; rarely fruits 2-lobed, then transversely ellipsoid, united

the whole length with crescent shaped apices, to 8 x 15 mm; pericarp usually

thin, crustaceous, subglabrous on outside; seeds shiny, with cupular, fleshy,

granular red aril (Fig. 37G).

Queensland, from two widely separated areas, Pascoe River in the north

and around Gympie and Mt Nebo in south eastern Queensland, usually in

vine thickets.

WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Wolvi S. F., 11 km ENE of Gympie, Jan 1976, Cook, Imbil, Jan 1918,

Weatherhead. MORETON DISTRICT: Boombana N.P. near Mt Nebo, approx. 20km W of

Brisbane, Sep 1979, Hegarty C3.

The new species differ from the rest of Australian species in having mostly

1-lobed fruits. It is probably close to A. reticulatus Radik. from New Guinea

(ex descr.).

The southern collections vary a bit and differ from the northern one in

having slightly larger fruits and more rigid leaflets. Until more collections are

seen they are kept together because of the similarity of their fruits and leaves.

5. Alectryon forsythii (Maiden & Betche) Radlk. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat.

Pflanzenfam. 3:205 (1907); Fedde Repert. 20:27 (1924); Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89:902 (1927); Francis, Aust. Rain-For. Trees ed 3. 248

(1970). Based on Nephelium forsythii Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W. 26:81 (1901). Type: Tia Canyon, J. H. Maiden & J.

Kretschmann; Tia & Aspley Canyon, W. Forsyth, (Syntypes not seen).

Trees to 8m; young parts and peduncles puberulent with usually fine

appressed hairs, others soon glabrous. Leaves with 1 or 2 pairs of opposite

or subopposite leaflets; petioles and rachises usualy semiterete, petioles

1.7-2.5cm long; rachises 1 —l.5cm long, adaxially ridged; pinnae elliptic to

elliptic-ovate, apices broad, obtuse or subacute, apiculate, margins entire, bases

obtuse, decurrent, 4.5-6.5 x 2. 5-3.8 cm, upper surfaces shiny, glabrous, lower

ones dull, somewhat greyish and papillose, puberulent or subglabrous;

coriaceous and subrigid; lateral nerves 6-10 pairs, + patent, densely reticulate

nerved; petiolules subterete, 3-8 mm long. Panicles to 7 cm long and as wide,

few branched, peduncles dark violet, cymules 3-5-flowered; bracts small,

ovate, ciliolate. Flowers dark red, about 5.5 mm diam.:; pedicels 2-3 mm long:

477

calyces 2.5 x 5mm, shallowly 5—lobed, lobes ovate obtuse, 1.5 « 1.5 mm,

pubescent or puberulent inside, subglabrous outside; petals absent; disc

crenulate, glabrous; filaments to 1mm long, anthers 2.5-3 mm long; ovaries

compressed, puberulent. Fruits subsessile, transversely ellipsoid or depressed

obovoid, 6-10 x 7-17 mm, divaricately 2— or 3-lobed with lobes united the

whole length, or 1-lobed then fruits subglobose; lobes compressed especially at

margins; pericarp thinly crustaceous, glabrous; seeds slightly compressed,

nearly enclosed in fleshy granular aril (Fig. 37A).

Northern Tablelands of New South Wales along coastal escarpments

and rocky gorges, from Guy Fawkes River to Nundle, common around Tia

Canyon (Walcha District).

New South Wales: Church Point, Wollombi Gorge, Feb 1979, Floyd 1201; Tia Falls,

Oct 1900, Forsyth & Cheel; Walcha, Dec 1898, Betche.

6. Alectryon kimberleyanus S. T. Reynolds, species nova A. subdentati

(F. Mueil. ex Benth.) Radlk. primo adspectu maxime simile sed

indumento crispato et fructibus sine lobis vel sulcis differt. Typus:

Western Australia: Mitchell Plateau, Lone Dingo (14°35’S, 125°45’E),

Feb 1979, J. S. Beard 8484 (PERTH, holotypus).

Under shrubs to small trees to 3m high; younger parts densely

pubescent; branchlets ribbed towards apex, tomentose with pale + crispate

hairs and longer straight hairs.. Leaves plumb-red when young, 5-8 cm long

(juvenile leaves to 13cm long) including petiole, with 1 or 2 pairs of

opposite leaflets; petioles terete or + flattened and broad at base,

0.5-2.2 cm long, pubescent to puberulent; rachises subterete or + flattened,

adaxially ridged, 5-15 mm long, puberulent; pinnae obovate or obovate-

elliptic, broad, obtuse or retuse at apices; margins entire (coarsely and

irregularly dentate with long pungent points in juveniles); bases obtuse,

truncate, unequal, 2~5.5 x 1.4-2.6cm (juvenile leaflets to 7.5 x 4.5 cm;

rachis 3 cm long), glabrous, shiny and darker above, paler, puberulent

especially on the nerves or subglabrous below, thinly coriaceous; lateral

nerves 8-10 pairs, subpatent, fine, reticulate venation prominent; petiolules

slender, to 2mm _ long, pubescent. Flowers not seen; fruiting peduncles

1-3.5cm long. Fruits broadly depressed obovoid or ellipsoid to ovoid,

1-1.2 x 1.8-2.3 cm, turgid,. slightly compressed at sutures,not lobed, 2- or

3~locular; pericarp thick, hard, woody, velvety hairy on outside; seed with

cupular granular red aril (Fig. 37F).

In semi-deciduous microphyll vine thickets on Mitchell Plateau, west

Kimberley, Western Australia.

Western Australia: Mitchell Plateau: towards Port Warrender, West Kimberley (14°34’S, 125°50°E),

May 1978, Kenneally 6675 (PERTH), & Surveyors Vine thicket (14°40°S, 125°45’E), Jun 1976,

Keneally 5103 (PERTH).

The new species looks very similar to Alectryon subdentatus differing only

in the somewhat crispate, dense, fine, pale hairs; thinner leaflets and fruits

without lobes or grooves. The coarsely dentate margins of juvenile leaflets also

have longer pungent points. The indumentum, colour and texture of leaflets

are nearly that of A. connatus.

7. Alectryon subdentatus (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Radik., Sapind, Holl—Ind. 117

(1879) & Fedde Repert. 20:27-28 (1924); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:960

(1927); Francis, Aust. Rain-Fort. Trees, ed 3.248 (1970). Based on

Nephelium subdentatum F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:465 (1863); F.

478

M. Bailey, Qd Fl. 1:303 (1899) descr. only. Type: New South Wales:

Tenterfield, C. Stuart; Tarampa Hill, Leichhardt (syntypes not seen).

Shrubs or trees to 7 m; young parts, branchlets and peduncles pubescent or

puberulent with pale yellow usually villous appressed hairs. Leaves with

(1-)2+4 pairs of usually accrescent opposite or subopposite leaflets, lowermost

pair stipule-like and near stem in one form; petioles 0.2—2 cm long, subterete,

trisulcate at base; rachises 1.5-4.cm long, subterete, adaxially ridged; pinnae

elliptic, elliptic-obovate or obovate, tips broad, obtuse or subacute and

gland-tipped, lowermost leaflets often apiculate with pungent point, margins

closely or remotely serrulate or denticulate and gland-tipped (serrate in

juveniles) rarely subentire or entire; bases oblique, cuneate, acute, obtuse or

subtruncate, 0.7-9.5 x 0.5-3.2cm, upper surfaces shiny, puberulent to

subglabrous, lower ones paler (subglaucous when dry), opaque, papillose,

puberulent especially on the nerves; coriaceous, subrigid; lateral nerves 6-14

pairs, subpatent with prominent reticulate venation; petiolules tumid,

1-2mm long. Thyrsiform panicles to 6cm long and nearly as wide, few

branched. Female flowers usually in threes, pink or red, 1.5-3.5 mm diam.;

pedicels 1-2 mm long, puberulent or pubescent; calyces cupular 0.7-2.2 x

1.5-3.5 mm, broadly and shortly lobed, lobes 0.5-0.7 x 0.7-1 mm, ovate,

pubescent or puberulent; petals absent; disc glabrous, lobed; anthers 0.5-1.5 x

0.7-0.3 mm, sessile ‘or filaments 0.3mm long, glabrous; ovaries obovoid to

obcordate, pubescent, 2— or 3-locular, style 0.3 mm long, 2—or 3-lobed at apex.

Fruits sessile, usually 2—lobed, transversely ellipsoid, truncate on top, bisulcate

or indistinctly lobed, or fruits 1-lobed and subglobose, 0.8-1.2 x 1.4-1.9 cm,

often carinate or slightly compressed at margins, turgid; pericarp hard and

subwoody, velvety hairy on outside; seeds in cupular, granular red aril.

_ Southeastern Queensland to Gloucester, New South Wales; in dry

rainforests usually on steep rocky slopes.

Two forms are recognised:—

Lowermost pair of leaflets not stipule-like nor near base of petiole (at least 5-20 mm away

from base of petiole). Apices obtuse or subacute, margins with few serrulations or

denticulations, or subentire. Mature fruits puberulent. Flowers 3.5mm

EUGATHIE +. Anda, Gata he tea hon based nace Abend Meta Math zee gta hla l Mette ltd ae forma subdentatus

Lowermost pair of leaflets stipule-like and near base of petiole (to 5 mm away from base of

petiole). Apices broad, obtuse, margins including apices with numerous gland-tipped

denticulations or serrulations, Mature fruits velvety hairy. Flowers 1.5mm

TRAYS 3 als Selle dd a wuts ye dole awn tly cadrn ant Ma 5 Aisle he etal el ais Ab aly forma pseudostipularis

forma subdentatus

From Warwick to Gloucester, New South Wales.

Queensland: DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: about 24 km NE of Warwick, Mar 1979, Wilson;

fees Wedd 1036. New South Wales: Curriecabark, 56km W of Gloucester, Feb 1937,

Vickery.

forma pseudostipularis Radlk., Fedde Repert. 20:28 (1924). Type: Toowoomba

scrub, Warburg 19158 (not seen) (Fig. 37B).

WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Coongara Rock, 18 km S of Biggenden, Dec 1977, Young 6. BURNETT

DISTRICT: Goodnight Scrub, Mt Perry, Thow. MORETON DISTRICT: Yarraman, Apr 1957,

Smith; Benarkin, Apr 1924, Cameron; Flagstone Creek, 2.75 km SW of Stringbark Mt, Apr 1978,

Jahnke 70. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Crows Nest, Feb 1944, Clemens; Foothills of Bunya

Mts, Feb 1980, Hando 138.

8. Alectryon tomentosus (F. Muell.}) Radik., Sapind. Holl.—Ind. 117 (1879);

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:901 (1927); Francis, Aust. Rain-For. Trees, ed

479

3.248 (1970). Based on Nephelium tomentosum F. Muell., Trans. &

Proc. Philos. Inst. Vict. 2:64 (1858); Benth. Fl. Aust. 1:466 (1863); F.

M. Bailey, Qd Fl. 1:303 (1899). Type: Brisbane River, W. Hill & F

Mueller (not seen).

Misapplied Name: Nephelium subdentatum F. Muell., Fragm. 9:99 (1875);

F. M. Bailey, Qd Fl. 1:303 (1899). Specimens from Rockhampton P.

O’Shanesy \.c. (1857); Tringilburra Ck, Bellenden Ker Exped. Lc.

(1899).

Trees to 10m; young parts, branchlets, leaves, peduncles and fruits

densely pale yellow- -rusty villous pubescent to puberulent. Leaves with 2-4

pairs of opposite accrescent leaflets; petioles 2-4.5 cm long, terete, pubescent

to puberulent; rachises 3-7.5cm long, terete, pubescent; pinnae mostly

narrowly ovate-oblong or elliptic-oblong, lowermost (smallest) pair usually

broadly ovate with truncate bases, tips obtuse, acute or acuminate, margins

irregularly serrulate or serrate, bases oblique, obtuse or truncate, 4-14.5 x

2-6.5 cm, upper surfaces shiny, puberulent or glabrous with only midribs

hairy; lower ones papillose, rusty villous pubescent or puberulent,

often with scattered glands among the hairs; semicoriaceous; lateral nerves

10-16 pairs, patent; petiolules to 2mm long. Panicles 2-14.5cm_ long,

6.5 cm wide, laxly branched with slender racemiform branches; bracts ovate

1.5-2.5 mm long. Flowers cream, 2—4 mm diam.; pedicels to 1.5 mm; calyces

1.5 x 2.5mm, lobes broadly ovate | x 1mm, villous pubescent outside;

petals absent; filaments 1-2 mm long, anthers 2 mm long; ovaries 2(-3)}-lobed,

densely white villous hairy; styles hairy; stigmas 2~lobed. Fruits sessile, broadly

obcordate, transversely ellipsoid or subglobose, 8-12 x 8-22 mm, 1-3-lobed,

lobes turgid, subglobose; pericarp quite thick, crustaceous, densely yellow

brown hairy on outside with short tomentum intermingled with longer hairs;

seeds in cupular, granular scarlet aril (Fig. 37D).

In coastal scrubs from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, to Hunter River,

New South Wales, extending inland to about 60 km from coast. Common in

all types of rainforest.

Queensland: COCK DISTRICT: Galloways Ck, Bamaga, tn 1962, Webb & Tracey 7137;

Mcllwraith Range, in 1974, Hyland 3087, Black Mountain (15°31’S, 145°14°E), Aug 1959, Smith

10713; Lizard Island, May 1975, Byrnes 3230, NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Long Island, Jul

1935, White 12201; Kinnara Crater (18°25°S, 144°55’E), Jun 1969, Hyland 4781, PORT CURTIS

DISTRICT: Gladstone, Pulliene. WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Wallaville, 48 km SW of Bundaberg,

Bancroft; Imbil, Feb 1918, Weatherhead. BURNETT DISTRICT: Mt Perry, Keys. MORETON

he ee: ore Nest, Oct 1921, White; Young’s Crossing, Petrie, 29 km N of Brisbane, Jan

1931, Blake .

Uses: This species is often cultivated as a shade and ornamental tree.

Note: Very variable species in indumentum and shape of leaflets.

9, Alectryon repando-dentatus Radlk., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 56:274 (1920).

Type: New Guinea (not seen).

Trees to 10m; young parts, branchlets, leaves, peduncles and fruits

densely rusty villous pubescent to puberulent. Leaves with 1-3(-5) pairs of

opposite or subopposite accrescent leaflets, petioles and rachises terete, rusty

pubescent; petioles 2.5-5.5cm long; rachises (1-)3.5-12 cm long; pinnae

broadly oblong, obovate or elliptic; tips broad, obtuse or truncate and retuse

rarely abruptly acute, margins and often apices remotely and irregularly

denticulate; bases broad, truncate, suboblique and unequal, 6.7-12(-16) x

45-8, 5(-11. 5) cm, puberulent above, pubescent below, semicoriaceous; lateral

480

Figure 37. A-G Alectryvon spp. A. A. jorsythii fruits (x 1); B. A. subdentatus forma

pseudostipularis, fruiting branchlet (x 1); C. A. connatus, C1 fruits (x 1), C2 male

flower (x 6), C3 petal (x 12); D. A. tomentosus, D1 fruits (x 1), D2 seed with aril

(x 114); E, A. repando-dentatus, E1 fruits (x 1), E2 seed with aril (x 114), F. A.

kimberleyanus fruiting branchlet (x 1); G. A. unilobatus fruits (x 1).

H.-K. Heterodendrum spp. H. H. diversifolium, H1 fruiting branchlet (x 2/3), H2

javenile leaf (x 2/4); I. H. oleifolium O1-I4 H. oleifolium var. microcalyx, M1 leaves

(x 2/3), 12 flower (x 6), I3 fruit (x 2/3); I4 seed with aril (x 2); IS A. oleifolium

var.macrocalyx, flower (x 3); 16 H. oleifolium var. oleifolium flowering branchlet (x 1).

J. H. tropicum fruiting branchlet (x 1). K. H. pubescens, K1 leaf (x 1), K2 fruit (x 1).

48]

nerves 8-14 pairs, suboblique, bullate between nerves, reticulate venation lax;

petiolules 4-6 mm, tomentose. Panicles 3.5~6.5 cm long and to 8cm wide,

male panicles with densely flowered spiciform branches when in bud; bracts

ovate, about 1.5mm long. Buds golden brown tomentose; flowers (males)

minute, about 2 mm diam., pale yellow or white; pedicel to | mm long; calyces

2 x 2mm, 4-lobed, lobes ovate obtuse, | x i mm, pubescent outside; petals

absent; filaments to 2 mm long, villous: anthers to 1.2 mm long; rudimentary

ovary villous. Fruits sessile, brownish, 7 x 14-16mm, broadly obovoid,

somewhat crescent-shaped at top, mostly 2-lobed, lobes obliquely ovoid,

turgid, compressed towards apex and laterally elongated above to form a

crest-like or narrowly triangular, flat, wing-like appendage usually with

recurved tip; pericarp thinly crustaceous, rusty hairy with dense short

tomentum and villous hairs; aril slightly granular (Fig. 37E).

New Guinea: Port Moresby, Mar 1972, White NGF 43914, Queensland; COOK DISTRICT:

Murray Island, Torres Strait, Jul 1974, Heatwole & Cameron 644; Dowar Island, Murray Group,

Jul 1974, Heatwole & Cameron 744,

This is a new record of the species occurring in Australia.

Excluded species

Alectryon bleeseri Schwarz, Fedde Repert. 24:89 (1927). Type: Port Darwin,

Blesser No. 332 (not seen). From the description this appears to be

identical with Cupaniopsis anacardioides.

ERA AEST DC., Prod. 1:617 (1824) = Terminalia canescens (DC.)

Radlk.

HETERODENDRUM

‘Heterodendrum Desf., Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. 4:8, t.3 (1818). Type species: H.

oleifolium Desf.

Shrubs or small trees with simple leaves; indumentum of simple hairs.

Leaves alternate or fasciculate, margins entire, remotely and irregularly dentate

or pinnatisect. Inflorescences axillary, racemiform, paniculate or flowers

solitary or in small clusters. Flowers usually bisexual, regular; pedicellate;

calyces shortly and broadly cupular, shortly 5-lobed or margins irregularly

toothed; petals absent; disc small, complete. Stamens 6-12, rarely more,

exserted, glabrous, anthers as long as subulate filaments; ovaries 2-4—locular

with | ovule per loculus. Fruits l-or 2-lobed, lobes subglobose or

ovoid, dry, + crustaceous or woody, indehiscent; seeds globose, shiny, black,

half embedded in cupular, granular red aril.

Four species endemic to Australia.

1, Branchlets with appressed hairs. Leaves subglaucous, not dorsiventral, usually linear and

long or narrowly obovate, margins entire, thickly coriaceous, rigid or drooping,

Inflorescences open racemes or panicles or racemiform thyrses, often densely

flowered, Fruit stipitate, obcordate, 2-lobed, deeply lobed at apex, or 1-lobed;

pericarp

PUI cake civlba ite chick ettl p ticlel sein ca lta thancpad.auie a Pon ght Lama teehd feaddeahe at eae as 1. H. oleifolium

Branchlets with short spreading hairs. Leaves green, dorsiventral, obovate, cuneate or

obtrullate, margins irregularly dentate or laciniately lobed with pungent pomts or

entire, thinly coriaceous, + rigid. Flowers solitary, or in few flowered clusters or

small racemes. Fruit sessile, transversely ellipsoid, often depressed on top, with 2,

very divaricate lobes or 1-lobed, péerieatp verV thick va cc levied ed vedeeace ena eabivings 2

2. Fruits 1.3° x 2.8cm, glabrous. Leaves 3.5-12 x 0.6-3 cm, narrowly obovate-oblong to

subelliptic, obtuse or blunt at tips, margins entire, glabrous; petioles 4-6 mm.

Inflorescences to G Ci) LOS iid eas cede cede 0g bone Hd eb eee nananeessnedanentabes 2, H. tropicum

482

Fruits 0.6-1.4 x 0.6-1.7. cm, glabrous or tomentose. Leaves 1.5-8.5 x 0.4-4.5 cm,

narrowly obovate, cuneate, broadly obtrullate or obovate-elliptic, obtuse, truncate or

tridentate at apices, usually mucronate, margins irregularly and coarsely dentate to

laciniately lobed (especially in juveniles) to subentire or entire; glabrous or

puberulous; petioles 1-6 mm. Flowers solitary, in small clusters or small racemes to

Lena TEs co nt whe tarry Aha eee Sm aed cto alee ide Metig eho ah ee Rg ead a tea Re ag eae oN Gt ncabaiec 3

3. Branchlets, petioles and fruits puberulent to glabrous. Leaves narrowly obovate,

obtrullate or obovate-elliptic, tips usually obtuse, 1.5-5.5(-6.5) x 0.4-1.5(-2) cm.

Fruits mostly 2-lobed, 0.8-1.2 « O0.6-L.2 CM oo... cece cece nce e eens 3. H. diversifolium

Branchlets, petioles and fruits tomentose or pubescent. Leaves obovate, broadly cuneate

or + broadly obtrullate, tips broad, obtuse or truncate, 2.5-8.5 x 1.2-4.5 cm. Fruits

mostly 1-lobed, 1.2-1.4 K L2-L4 cm... ccc ccc cece eee teen e tenet t ee ees 4. H. pubescens

1. Heterodendrum oleifolium Desf., Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. 4:8, t.3 (1818);

Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:469 (1863); Radlk., Sapind. Holl.-—Ind. 49 (119)

(1877); F. M. Bailey, Qd FI. 1:307 (1899). Type: Western Australia, J.

Baudin’s Expd. (not seen).

Nephelium oleifolium (Desf.) F. Muell., Fragm. 10:82 (1876). Based on

Heterodendrum oleifolium Desf.

Heterodendrum macrocalyx Radlk., Sapind. Holl.Ind. 49 (119) (1879).

Type: Murray River (not seen).

Heterodendrum microcalyx Radlk., Sapind. Holl.—Ind. 49 (119) (1879).

Type: Flinders River (not seen).

Heterodendrum floribundum E. Pritzel, Fedde Repert. 15:358 (1918).

Type: Central Australia, Hermannsburg at Finke River, Strehlow 43

(1906-1908) (not seen).

Heterodendrum oleifolium Desf. var. euryphyllum Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89:902 (1927). Type: Hamersley Range, near Nichol Bay, F. Gregory’s

Exped. (not seen).

Shrubs or trees to 7m, usually bushy with weeping or rigid branches;

younger parts tomentose, young leaves densely sericeous hairy to subglabrous,

branchlets, peduncles, and usually leaf surfaces with short white appressed

hairs. Leaves usually linear and long, narrowly elliptic-oblong, attenuate at

both ends or narrowly obovate-oblong, tips acute, acuminate obtuse or

truncate; margins entire; bases acute decurrent into petiolules, 2-16.5 x

0.3-1(-2) cm, pubescent or puberulent, coriaceous, rigid, or drooping, midrib

raised and broad below, lateral nerves suboblique, fine; petioles 0.5-1 cm,

semiterete, usually hairy. Inflorescences racemiform or paniculiform |.5-9 x

1.5-5 cm, peduncles pubescent to nearly glabrous; cymules 2—5-flowered.

Flowers 46mm diam.; pedicels 1.5-l10mm long; calyces 1.5-2.5 x

2.5-5 mm, broadly 5-10-toothed at margins, silky white hairy or glabrous;

stamens 8-12, rarely more, filaments 1.5-4 mm long, anthers 2—-2.5 mm long;

ovaries shortly stipitate, 2-4-lobed, densely white tomentose to puberulent.

Fruit obcordate, deeply 2-lobed at apex, and attenuating into short stipe at

base, 0.8 x 1i-1.2 cm, lobes ellipsoid or subglobose, rarely 1-lobed then to 8 x

6 mm; pericarp subwoody, hairy or glabrous (Fig. 371).

Widespread in inland areas of all states except Tasmania. In open mixed

forests, wilga and brigalow scrubs, on variety of soils.

Local name: Western Rose Wood or Boonaree, also known as Bullock

Bush or Dogwood.

Uses: Boonaree is one of the most useful fodder trees in inland Australia

483

and sheep and cattle often thrive on it during drought periods but mortalities

have been recorded in hungry sheep and cattle under stress (Everist 1969 &

1974),

H. oleifolium Desf. is a very variable species, 3 varieties are recognised

here although the extreme forms merge into the other:—

1, Leaves 1,6~2.3cm wide, 4.5-10cm long, narrowly obovate, subobovate to elliptic;

truncate or obtuse at apices; thick and rigid. Inflorescences mostly racemiform with

clusters of shortly stalked 3-flowered cymules borne on a thick, usually erect

peduncle; pedicels short and stout 24mm long; calyces and ovaries pubescent.

(Shrubs or trees with rigid branches) ............ 0c ccc cece cee u eee en een yeeenees var. oleifoltum

Leaves 0.3-1(-2)cm_ wide, 2—16.5cm long, linear and long narrowing at both ends,

rarely narrowly obovate then plants very hairy; apices acute or obtuse; usually thin

and + drooping, Inflorescences few flowered, lax, open racemes or small panicles;

peduncles and pedicels slender; cymules 0-5 flowered, usually on long stalks;

pedicels 1.5-12 mm long; calyces and ovaries tomentose to subglabrous. (Small trees,

branches OFT WREDIIG)Y 4 cass acca oe paced aiea ace bale a's tat need eae dane soca whiting bbe 2

2. Calyces 3.5-5 mm diam., tomentose with usually curved hairs, Branchlets, leaves and

peduncles densely white tomentose to pubescent. Leaves narrowly elliptic or

subobovate 2—7(-8.5) x 0.4—-[(2) cm; young leaves sericeous. Inflorescences drooping,

lax, 3-12-flowered; cymules 3-flowered; stalks of cymules 4~15 mm long. Pedicels

6-12 mm long; ovaries toMeNntOsSe...... cece ccc eee entre tent ee ee te enneeas var. macrocalyx

Calyces 2.5-3.5 mm diam., glabrous or puberulent. Branchlets, leaves and peduncles

puberulous or subglabrous. Leaves linear and long, narrowly elliptic- oblong, 3.3-16.5

x 0.3-l1cm, young leaves thinly hairy. Inflorescences 5-32-flowered, cymules

2- 5—flowered: stalks of cymules 1-5 mm long. Pedicels 1.5-5 mm long: ovaries

UCR TE no 08-8 dau Soe hence Georh amine, Pome ey Reraseabd bales 4p ai B Ladty aces pabionona anes bea var. mucrocalyx

H. oleifolium var, oleifolium

Western Australia. 107 miles [171 km] N of Carnarvon, May 1962, Aplin (PERTH); Dorre Island,

NNE by N of White Beach Camp, Aug 1977, Weston (PERTH); 225 miles [360 km] N of

Geraldton, near Wooramel River, May 1962, Aplin 1513 (PERTH),

The collection from Dorre Island closely resembles the line drawing of the

type (Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. 4:t3 (1818)). Capt. N. Baudin visited Shark’s Bay

during his voyage and it is possible that the type could have been collected

around Dorre Island.

This variety appears to be the least collected. Domin’s var. euryphyllum

from Hammersley’s Range, Nichol Bay (F. Gregory’s Expedition) as far as

description goes agrees with this variety. H. floribundum Pritzel also probably

belongs here (see Fig. 37,16).

Heterodendrum oleifolium var. macrocalyx (Radlk.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89:902 (1927). Based on Heterodendron macrocalyx Radlk., Sapind.

oy 49 (119) (1879). Type: Murray River (not seen) (see Fig.

37,15).

Western Australia. Kalgoorlie, Nov 1927, White 5161. Queensland. MITCHELL DISTRICT:

“Budgerygar’, 64km SW of Yaraka and 80km E of Windorah, Nov 1975, Johnson 3060.

WARREGO DISTRICT: About 57 km E of Thargomindah near Dynevor Lakes, Nov 1954, Smith

6059; Dynevor Downs, Apr 1941, White 11788; Carrawin Station about 32 km SSE of Eulo, Nov

1954) Smith 6017. South Australia. Ooldea, Oct 1927, White 5164; Mt Lyndhurst, Sep 1898, Koch.

Victoria. Cuigoa, Jan 1923, Grove; Mildura, Oct 1928. Williamson.

Heterodendrum oleifolium var. microcalyx (Radlk.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89:902 (1927). Based on Heterodendron microcalyx Radlk., Sapind.

is 49 (119) (1879). Type: Flinders River (not seen) (see Fig.

37,11-14).

484

Common form in Queensland; also in Northern Territory and New South

Wales.

Northern Territory. 40 km N of Lake Nash Station, May 1948, Perry 919; 8km N of Alice

Springs, Nov 1954, Rose; Palm Valley, 16km S$ of Hermannsburg Mission, Mar 1953, Perry.

Queensland, LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 3 km S of Batheaston homestead on May Downs road,

Nov 1968, Auldist 3; 53 km E by N of Capella Township, Jun 1962, Story & Yapp 50; 7 km NE of

Mt Sirloin, 93 km ENE of Springsure, Sep 1961, Lazarides & Stor py 127. DARLING DOWNS

DISTRICT: 38 km W of Condamine River on Moonie Highway, May 1961, Swath 11318; About

10km NW of Toobeah (28°24’S, 149°45’E), 14 Feb 1969, Williams. MARANOA DISTRICT:

Wallumbilla, Western Line, Sep 1925, Francis; Noondoo near Dirranbandi, Mar 1936, Blake

10656. New South Wales. 32 km from Gunnedah, Swain,

2. Heterodendrum tropicum S, T. Reynolds species nova affinis H. diversifoliae

F. Muell. a qua differt foliis et fructibis multo majoribus glabris. Typus.

Cook District: Mungana, Jun 1946, H. Flecker N.Q.N.C. No. 10423

(BRI, holotypus).

Small tree to 7 m. Young parts pubescent; branchlets hoary with spreading

short hairs or glabrous, lenticellate. Leaves narrowly obovate-oblong to

subelliptic-oblong, mostly broader towards apex, tips blunt or obtuse, margins

entire, bases acute, cuneate, 3.5-12 x 0.6-3 cm, glabrous, coriaceous, nerves

raised on both surfaces, lateral nerves oblique; petioles 0.4-0.6 cm. Flowers not

seen. Fruiting peduncles 4-5 cm long. Fruits transversely ellipsoid, 2-lobed, 1.3

x 2.8 cm, lobes globose joined in the middle, or 1-lobed and to 1.3 x 1.6cm,

glabrous; pericarp hard and woody; seed with granular aril at base (Fig. 37J).

North Queensland, on limestone outcrops Chillagoe—Mungana area,

usually in deciduous vine thickets.

COOK DISTRICT: Chillagoe, Jan 1918, Michael: 6.4km N of Mungana, May 1970, Webb &

Tracey 10202.

The new species has the indumentum and dorsiventral leaves of H.

diversifolium F, Muell., but differs from it by having much larger and glabrous _

leaves and fruits; margins of leaves also always entire.

3. Heterodendrum diversifolium F. Muell., Fragm. 1:46 (1858)., Benth., FI.

Aust. 1:469 (1863); Radlk., Sapind. Holl.-Ind. 49 (119) (1879); F. M.

Bailey, Qd FI. 1:307 (1899); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:902 (1927).

Type: Brigalow scrub, tropical and subtropical Eastern Australia

(not seen).

Nephelium diversifolium (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Fragm. 10:82 (1876). Based

on Heterodendrum diversifolium F. Muell.

Sparsely branched shrubs to 4m; branchlets puberulent with short, white,

+ erect spreading hairs. Leaves sometimes clustered on short branchlets, red

when young, obovate-elliptic or narrowly obovate, cuneate or obtrullate, tips

obtuse, usually mucronate, broadly tridentate and pungent pointed, or

truncate, margins coarsely and irregularly dentate, usually with wide deltoid

pungent pointed teeth (laciniate with narrowly triangular lobes in juveniles),

subentire or entire, bases cuneate and decurrent, 1.5-5.5(-6.5) x

0.4-1.5(-2) cm, glabrous or subglabrous, thinly coriaceous with midrib and

nerves prominent and raised on both surfaces; lateral nerves oblique; petioles

2-4(-6) mm long or leaves subsessile. Inflorescences i in axil of leaves or fallen

leaves. Flowers 3.5 mm diam., solitary or in small clusters of about 6 flowers;

pedicels 3 mm long; calyces 25 x 3.5 mm, lobes broadly ovate 1.5 x 1mm,

glabrous outside, puberulent inside, margins ciliolate; stamens 6-8,. filaments

2.5mm long, anthers 2 mm long; ovaries 2—-lobed, pubescent to puberulent.

485

Fruits sessile, transversely ellipsoid or depressed obovoid with 2 very divaricate

subglobose or ellipsoid lobes, 0.6-0.8 x 0.6-1.4cm; or fruits 1—lobed,

subglobose, 0.8—1.2 x 0.6-1.2 cm, puberulent to glabrous. Pericarp thick and

woody (Fig. 37H).

; Central and south-eastern Queensland usually in brigalow scrubs on dark

clay.

SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 140 km NW of Clermont, Jun 1977, Dale 102. PORT CURTIS

DISTRICT: Wood End, Rockhampton District, Mar 1920, Francis. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT:

Turrawalla about 64 km NW of Nebo, May 1962, Johnson 2362; Wandoan, Nov 1930, Hubbard

5042. BURNETT DISTRICT: Monto, Nov 1965, Malcolmson. MORETON DISTRICT: Kalbar, S$

of Ipswich, Smith; Maroon, Feb 1936, ’ Michael 2273, DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Palardo, W

of Miles, Feb 1935, Blake 7621; Dalby- Chinchilla Rd about 9.6 km SE of Chinchilla, May 1970,

Moriarty 177; Wyaga, Goondiwindi District, Sep 1919, White) MARANOA ‘DISTRICT:

Wallumbiila, May 1916, White.

Common name: Scrub Boonaree or Holly Bush.

4. Heterodendrum pubescens S. T. Reynolds H. diversifoliae F. Mueil. affinis a

qua differt ramulis, fructibus dense pubescentibus et folis plerumque late

cuneatis. Typus. Burnett District: Eidsvold, Sep 1915, Dr. T. L. Bancroft

(BRI holotypus).

Trees to 6m tall; young parts, branchlets, petioles and fruits densely

tomentose or pubescent with pale short dense spreading hairs intermingled

with scattered longer and usually appressed hairs. Leaves obovate, broadly

obtrullate or cuneate, tips broad, truncate, obtuse or retuse, usually apiculate;

margins coarsely and irregularly serrate or serrulate usually above middle,

subentire to entire, rarely deeply and broadly lobed and pinnatisect, teeth

broad, pungent pointed; bases cuneate, decurrent, 3.5-9 «x 1.5-4.5 cm, surfaces

puberulent or subglabrous, midribs below usually puberulent, green, thinly

coriaceous, somewhat rigid, nerves and reticulation prominent and raised on

both surfaces; petioles 3-10 mm long; Flowers to 3.5mm diam., solitary in

each axil or in a few flowered racemose inflorescences which are up to 2.5 cm

long and 3—7—flowered; pedicels 5-10 mm long, puberulent; calyces cupular, 2

x 3.5mm, lobes ovate 1.5 x 1.5mm, puberulent; stamens 8, glabrous,

filaments 1.5 mm long, anthers 1.5 mm long; ovaries 2(or 3}-lobed, tomentose,

styles bifid at apex. Fruits mostly l-lobed, this obliquely subglobose or

ellipsoid with aborted lobes towards base, 1.2-1.4 =x 1.2-1.4cm, if 2—-lobed

then lobes divaricate; pericarp thick, hard, woody, pale rusty, velvety hairy on

outside (Fig. 37K),

Southeastern Queensland. Usually on rocky outcrops at edge of forests.

BURNETT DISTRICT: “Brian Pastures” near Gayndah, Mar 1952, Blake 18913. DARLING

DOWNS DISTRICT: Mt Russel, 16 miles [26 km] SW of Oakey, in 1963, Hockings 17.

_ Differs from H. diversifolium in having densely pubescent branchlets and

fruits, leaves also usually broadly cuneate.

COSSINIA

Cossinia Commerson ex Lam., Encycl. 2:132,t.265 (1786); Poir. in Lam.

Ill. Gen. 1.2:398, n.704, t.256 (1792); Benth. & Hook.f, Gen. PI.

1:397 (1867); Baillon, Nat. Hist. Pl. 5:364-366, t.393-396 (1878); Radlk.,

in Engl. Pflanzenr. 982:1337-1341,t.41 (1933) Type species: C. pinnata

Commerson ex Lam. (lectotypus novus).

Melicopsidium Baillon, Adans, 11:423 (1874) & Nat. Hist. Pl. 5:407 (1874).

Type species: M. trifoliatum Baillon.

A86

Shrubs or small trees with saponin in bark and fruits; indumentum of two

types of stellate hairs, denser fine pale + sessile ones with few scattered darker,

coarser, larger stipitate ones. Leaves pari-— or impari-pinnate; leaflets 3-7, with

apiculate callous tips, entire, semicoriaceous. Inflorescences terminal or

axillary, thyrsoid, ultimate cymules cincinnate; bracteate. Flowers unisexual

and probably mostly monoecious, irregular; pedicellate; calyces 5—sect, lobes

imbricate; petals 4-6, imbricate, shortly clawed, membranous: scales and crests

absent; disc unilateral or regular; stamens 5- 3. excentric, anterior to disc,

glabrous, filaments exserted in males; ovaries sitipitate, anterior to disc,

trisulcate, 3-celled with 2 ovules in each cell, attached to central axis,

superposed; styles terminal, filiform, stigmas + capitate. Capsules 3-sulcate or

3-lobed, apiculate (residual style); lobes inflated, loculicidally 2—valved,

septifragal; valyes somewhat crustaceous, hairy outside, glabrous inside; seeds 2

in each locule, suborbicular, compressed, exarillate; embryo spirally

convolvate.

Four species, Mascarene Islands, New Caledonia, Fiji and eastern

fue One in Queensland, this being a new record of the genus for

ustraha.,

Cossinia australiana S. T. Reynolds species nova C. triphyllae Commerson ex

Lam. et C. pinnatae Commerson ex Lam. affinis a quibis foliolis

inflorescentis et floribus minoribus,petalis quinque differt. Type:

Wide Bay District: Bingera, 26 Oct 1948, L. S. Smith 4140 (BRI

holotypus).

Small trees to 7 m tall and 10 cm girth, usually slender, few branched with

twiggy crown; young parts, branchlets, lower surface of leaves, inflorescences

and fruits densely covered with white, appressed, fine, + sessile stellate hairs

and scattered stipitate, large (to 0.5 mm across), coarse, yellow-brown or rusty

tufted hairs; branchlets terete, ribbed towards apex, lenticellate. Leaves with

petiole 5-15 x 4.5-14.5 cm, with 3-5(-7) usually opposite leaflets decreasing

in size from apex to base; petioles 1.2-4.3 cm long, terete, slightly winged

towards apex, trisulcate at base; rachises 0.5-4.5 cm long, subterete, pubescent

especially below, narrowly winged; wings to 2 mm wide, foliolaceous, broad at

apex and tapering to base between each pair of leaflets; pinnae narrowly

elliptic-oblong or subobovate-oblong, sometimes subfalcate, tips acute,

subacute, obtuse or acuminate, apiculate, margins slightly recurved, bases

acute, usually oblique, 2-7.5 x 0.9-2.8cm, puberulent or glabrous above,

midribs usually hairy, tomentose below with coarser large stipitate rusty tufted

hairs especially dense on nerves and margins; lateral nerves 8-14 pairs,

subpatent, sometimes slightly impressed above; midribs channelled above;

petiolules to 2 mm long, channelled above, tomentose. Panicles subterminal or

in upper axils, densely flowered, corymbiform, 2-5 cm long and as wide,

peduncles slender, ultimate cymules 3—8-flowered; bracts linear-oblong 2.5-4

x 0.5 mm, tomentose outside. Flowers 5.5 x 6-7 mm; pedicels 2-4 mm long

(to 7 mm in fruit), pubescent; calyx lobes broadly ovate to oblong, 3-4.5 x

1-1.5 mm, tomentose outside, puberulent especially towards base inside with

fine white hairs; petals 5, broadly ovate-oblong, apices rounded, slightly

auricled or obtuse at base, 4.5-5.5 x 1,5-3 mm, tomentose outside, puberulent

inside with fine white hairs; disc patelliform, depressed in centre, very oblique

with one side pushed in and projected into a lobed ridge, margins crenate,

glabrous; stamens 8, filaments subuliform to 7 mm long (staminodes to 4mm

long with reduced anthers), anthers ellipsoid, 1.2 x 0.6mm; ovaries

subobovoid, pubescent, styles pubescent; ovules + reniform. Capsules stipitate,

obovoid-obcordate, attenuate at base, 1.5-1.8 x 1.2—1.6 cm, pubescent; lobes

487

elltpsoid-oblongoid attenuating at base, slightly and finely ridged at sutures;

stipe 3-4 mm long; calyx lobes usually not persistent (Fig. 38),

Central and southeastern Queensland, usually on red volcanic soil in scrub

relicts,

PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: Milman near Rockhampton, Apr 1952, Webb 1549. WIDE BAY

DISTRICT: Theebine near Gympie, Jan 1957, Kiitg.

The new species appears to be closely related to C. pinnata Commerson

ex Lam. (ex descr. & icon.) from Mascarene Island. It differs only in having

smaller leaves, inflorescences and flowers; petals are also 5 rather than 4 and

sepals usually not persistent 1n fruit. It is comparable to C. trifoliata Radlk. (ex

descr.) from New Caledonia in size of leaves, inflorescences and flowers; also in

the 5 petals but the disc in this species is regular and the number of stamens is

5. Until collections of both C. pinnata and C. trifoliata are seen C. australiana

is treated here as being distinct from both.

C. pacifica A. C. Smith from Fiji differs from all the described species in

having very large leaves, large leaflets and usually 6 petals.

__ The following key based on Radlkofer’s two sections may help to

differentiate the species:

wi a LY

‘

Figure 38. Cossinia australiana, Al flowering branchlet (x 1), A2 detail of portion of leaflet

(x 6), A3 male flower with 2 sepals and a petal removed (x 6), Ad sepal (x 6), A5

petal (x 6), A6 disc (x 12), A7 fruit (x 1), A8 dehisced fruit showing seeds (x 1), A9

seed (x 6). |

488

Sect. | Cossinia. Disc unilateral; petals 4-6.

1. Leaves with petiole 30-35cm long; leaflets 7-18 x 36cm. Petals 5

ES ate ta leatt's navtea Guin ee cena enean tee alia Page ete atekta Beant He heelg ate C. pacifica A. C. Smith

Leaves with petiole 5.5-20 cm long; leaflets 2-12 x 0.9-4 cm. Petals 4 or 5...... 0... ccs cece es 2

2. Leaves with petiole 7-20 cm long; leaflets 4-12 x 2-4 cm. Inflorescences 6-14 cm long.

Flowers 12mm diam.; petals 4; stamens 5 or 6(-8). Fruits with persistent

BEHAlS eel, coh ares C. pinnata Commerson ex Lam. (incl. C. triphylla Commerson ex Lam.)

Leaves with petiole 5.5-15 cm long; leaflets 2-7.5 x 0.9-2.8 cm. Inflorescences 2—5 cm

long. Flowers 6-7 mm diam.; petals 5; stamens 8. Fruits usually without persistent

BEET ty a's sareteccdobtlate wigs aceon ils Varah grades Ue etic Aly ab enrstalea tects Saati Sintdesty wae va C. australiana

Sect. 2. Melicopsidium (Baillon) Radlk. Disc regular; petals 5 ...............005. C. trifoliata Radik.

LEPIDEREMA

Lepiderema Radlk., Actes Congr. Bot. Amsterd. (1877):250 (1879); & in

Eng a Manzens: 98f:1216-1218 (1933). Type species: L. papuana

Radlk,

Shrubs or trees; usually glabrous, indumentum if present of simple straight

hairs. Leaves paripinnate; leaflets opposite or alternate, 1-16(-19)-paired,

margins usually entire, upper surfaces with appressed often lepidote glands;

petiolules usually pulvinate. Inflorescences racemiform or paniculiform

thyrses, axillary, in the axil of upper leaves or of fallen leaves or ramiflorous,

solitary or a few in a cluster, mostly small, laxly flowered, cymules stalked;

bracts small, ovate. Flowers small, regular, unisexual and probably

monoecious; pedicels usually articulate about the middle; calyx 5—sect, lobes

2-seriate, imbricate, outer ones smaller; petaloid with pale margins, usually

broadly elliptic, concave, hyaline, glabrous, ciliolate; petals 5, similar to sepals,

glabrous; scales, crests or thickenings absent; disc ‘regular, glabrous; stamens

6-8, exerted in males, filaments subulate, usually hairy, anthers oblongoid,

glabrous; ovaries subsessile, ellipsoid, 3-locular with a solitary ovule in cach

cell, glabrous; styles terminal, slender, stigmas 3-lobed. Capsules usually small

and subglobose; or obovoid or obcordate with turbinate base, apiculate

(residual style); glabrous, usually drying blackish or brown, and red at junction

of valves, 3—valved; valves thick, + woody; seeds ellipsoid or oblongoid; aril

fleshy or thin, oily, mostly obliquely attached to + ventral side of seed and

often totally covering it, drying papery.

Eight species Australia and New Guinea; 6 (3 new) in eastern Australia.

1, Leaflets 9-16(-19) on each side of rachiS. 0.0.0.0... ccc ccc cece see e pean eee eteaeeeneateeperaneus 2

Leaflets (1-)2-6(-9) on each side of rachis 2.0.0... ccc ccc ccc cece cece neces cette neeeeeetenteeeaee 3

2. Branchlets densely rusty hirsute pubescent to puberulent. Leaflets 16-19-paired,

margins subentire or remotely crenulate-serrulate especially towards apex, 6.5-19.5

x 0.8-3.8 cm. Inflorescences to 7 x 4.5cm, laxly flowered. Capsules obcordate-

tucbinate, widely habed at aptk...5 ese e ig «hua ewe ege Sab awey peng a rh sawreeabas 1. L. hirsuta

Branchlets glabrous, if hairs present not as above. Leaflets 9-12—paired, margins entire

(slightly serrulate only in juvenile ones), 8-18 x 2-5.2 cm. Inflorescences 13-40 x

19-37 cm, densely flowered. Capsules oboviod, not lobed at apex........... 2. L. largiflorens

3. Leaflets 2-4-paired, 5-16.5 x 2.2-6.3cm. Inflorescences 2—4.5cm long. Capsules

STDP ORG. 514 oy tle y add chF and eta Oe ge nahi FEIGS be ellang tata ba ened Ueebwe 8s 3. L. sericolignis

Leaflets 1-6(-9}-paired, 4-8.5 x 1.2-3.5 cm. Inflorescences 3.5-29 cm long. Capsules

SULLODORE CE COVEN, 4.5 dele hcrncad ond nde op wecitane in bea atecsa ea ensed ta deecdate hh silt prota ye hie la ealeateen aes 4

4. Leaflets subsessile or petiolules to 3 mm long; surfaces rarely obscurely and minutely

pellucid dotted. Peduncles and pedicels not glandular tuberculate. Leaflets 4-8 x

489

1.2-2 cm, narrowly and obliquely ovate-oblong, tapering at tips, falcate. Capsules

SilelOB GRE: Fes an ohare eh ett nenee wal va los wee tslealend ree te eane ghee re ieee ea here 4. L. pulchella

Petiolules 3—12 mm long; surfaces prominently pellucid dotted. Peduncles and pedicels

glandular tuberculate, viscid. Leaflets 3.5-8.5 x 1.5-3.7cm, ovate or obliquely

ovate-oblong, tips acute or acuminate. Capsules subglobose or obovoid.............: eee eee 5

5. Capsules obovoid, attenuate at base, retuse or truncate at apex, I-l.6 x 1.3-l1.6cm

(young ones obcordate, with 3 compressed lobes on top), very viscid. Calyx lobes

persistent in fruit. Leaflets 4-9-paired, midribs usually not excentric, mostly hairy.

Petals trot eland-dotted og occ vee Beek beh bied ery kerri dd eel eed eas 6. L. ixiocarpa

Capsules subglobose, depressed on top, | x 1-1.2cm, not viscid, Calyx lobes not

persistent. Leaflets (3—)4—5—paired, midribs usually excentric, glabrous. Petals gland-

CUI, ag oy teak tutti ha alctcdle pet Saath go inka ewe se eee eae chaed an a ila 5. L. punctulata

1. Lepiderema hirsuta S. T. Reynolds, species nova differt a speciebus

omnibus ceteris Australiensibus ramulis, petiolis rachibus ferrugineis

hirsutis et foliolis numeris angustis marginibus serrulatis praeditis.

Typus. Cook District: Oliver Creek, tributary of Noah Creek, 21 Aug

1972, L. J. Webb & J. G. Tracey 10891 (BRI holotypus).

Small trees to 10m; young parts, branchlets, often petioles and rachises

densely ferrugineous hirsute pubescent to puberulent; branchlets fluted,

resin-dotted, lenticellate. Leaves with 16-19 pairs of leaflets, decreasing in size

at both ends; petioles 4.5-l6cm long, terete, trisulcate at base; rachises

19-57 cm long, subterete; pinnae alternate or opposite, narrowly oblong-ovate

or elliptic-ovate, tapering and subcaudate or bluntly acuminate at apices,

margins subentire or remotely crenulate-serrulate especially towards apex,

bases oblique, mostly obtuse or truncate on one side, obtuse on other, 6.5-19.5

x 0.8-3.8 cm, glabrous or subglabrous, midribs usually hairy, pellucid dotted

especially below, lateral nerves 17-34 pairs, subpatent, slender, mostly

impressed above, raised below; petiolules 2-3 mm long, pulvinate, pubescent.

Panicles ramiflorous and clustered, 10-14 per cluster, few branched and laxly

flowered, 6-7 cm long and to 4.5 cm wide, cymules 2—5—flowered; bracts to |

x 0.5mm, resin-dotted. Flowers pink, males 5mm diam., females not seen;

pedicels 3 mm, obconical, gland-dotted; calyx lobes eliptic or obovate, 3-4.5 x

1.5-2.5 mm, outer ones gland-dotted; petals broadly ovate-elliptic, 2.5 x

1.5 mm; filaments subulate 1.5-2 mm long, pilose, anthers oblongoid, 1.5 x

1 mm. Capsules showy, reddish pink, 1.8-2 x 1.5-1.8 cm, obcordate-turbinate

attenuate at base, widely lobed at apex, raised in centre, the persistent style

forming a thickened apiculate cone, compressed and wing-like at sutures; aril

ventrally elongated, nearly enclosing seed; calyx lobes persistent (Fig. 39A).

Northern Queensland around Arsenic Creek, in rainforests, alt. about

100 m, on alluvial soil.

hoor DISTRICT: Arsenic Creek (16°10’S 145°25’E), Sep 1977 Stocker 1586; Nov 1977, Stocker

The species differs from all the other Australian species in having

ferrugineous hirsute branchlets, petioles, rachises and numerous narrow leaflets

with crenulate serrulate margins. .

2. Lepiderema largiflorens S. T. Reynolds, species nova differt a ceteris

inflorescentia grandi multiflora. Accedit ZL. Airsutum numero et

forma foliolorum autem marginibus plerumque integris. Typus.

Cook District: Bartle Frere, May 1952, K. J. White 198 (BRI,

holotypus).

490

Shrubs or small trees to 7m high, trunk to 3cm diam., bark greyish,

mottled; young parts puberulent and somewhat viscid, to subglabrous. Leaves

with 9-10(-12) leaflets each side of rachis, narrowing at both ends; petioles

6.5-9(-15)cm ‘long, terete, pulvinate and trisulcate at base; rachises

28-32,5(-37.5)cm long | terete; pinnae alternate, narrowly elliptic- ovate or

oblong-ovate, oblique, tapering and bluntly acuminate or abruptly acuminate

at apices, margins entire, (serrulate especially towards apex in juveniles), bases

broad, rounded or obtuse, unequal, 8-18 x 2—-5,.2 cm, glabrous or subglabrous

except hairy, + excentric midribs, semicoriaceous, pellucid dotted below;

lateral nerves 12-16 pairs, arcuate and ascending at tips, often impressed

above, bullate between nerves; petiolules 4-8 mm long, slender, subterete,

flexuouse, pulvinate. Panicles ramiflorous, 1340 x 19-37 cm, divaricately

branched, densely flowered; peduncles ribbed, puberulent with short spreading

hairs, cymules 3~5—-flowered. Flowers cream, 6-8 mm diam.; pedicels 3-4 mm

long, puberulent, gland-dotted; calyx lobes elliptic-oblong to suborbicular

2.54 x 1.84 mm, membranous, glabrous; outer ones gland-dotted; petals

subobovate, 2.5-3 «x 2 mm; filaments to 2mm long, densely hairy towards the

middie, anthers ovoid-oblongoid 1.5-2 x 1 mm); ovaries ellipsoid, style thick,

3-grooved at apex. Capsules obovoid, indistinctly 3-sulcate, obtuse or truncate

on top, apiculate, 1.3-1.5 x 1,2 cm; seed slightly compressed ventrally, aril

membranous, ventral; calyx lobes mostly persistent (Fig. 39F).

Northern Queensland, around Atherton Tableland, in rainforests.

COOK DISTRICT: S.F.R. 755, Gosschalk L.A. (17°25’S 145°47°E), May 1976, Hyland 8798:

ea ae Barong L.A, (17°31°S 145°50’E), Sep 1976, Fitzsimon 115; Topaz near Malanda, Aug

1947, Smith 3309.

__ The species differ from the rest in having a large copiously flowered

inflorescence, It approaches L. hirsuta with respect to number of leaflets and

shape but margins are usually entire.

3. Lepiderma sericolignis (F. M. Bailey) Radlk., Fedde Repert. 20:29 (1924);

in Engl. Pflanzenr. 98f:1217 (1933). Based on Cupania sericolignis F.

M. Bailey, Qd Bot. Bull. S:11 (1892), & Qd Fl. 1:294 (1899),

descr. only (specimen from Mulgrave River is Guioa acutifolia). Type:

Cook District: Barron River, near Cairns, £. Cowley (BRI, holo).

Small trees to 4m; glabrous. Leaves with 2 or 3(-4) pairs of leaflets,

accrescent towards the tip; petioles 2-7. cm long, terete; pulvinate; rachises

4-14 cm long, terete; pinnae opposite or subopposite, elliptic— to ovate-oblong,

obtuse or abruptly and shortly acuminate at apices; margins entire; oblique,

acute, subcuneate or obtuse at base, 5-16.5 x 2,2-6.3 cm, coriaceous; lateral

nerves 7-12 pairs, subpatent, midribs ridged above; petiolules 3-7 mm long,

pulvinus as long. Inflorescences 2-4 together on old wood, racemiform,

24.5cm long, few flowered. Flowers (male) white, 3-4 mm diam.; pedicels

2mm, glabrous; calyx lobes elliptic, hyaline, 1.5-2.5 x 1-2 mm; petals

ovate-oblong, 1.5-2 x 1mm, puberulent towards base outside; filaments

1-1.5 mm, villous towards base, anthers to 1.3 mm long. Female flowers not

seen. Capsules subglobose or subellipsoid, obscurely 3-sulcate, apiculate at

obtuse apex, |[-1.5 x 1-1.4cm, apricot on outside, dull red inside especially at

junction of valves; aril suboblique, developed ones not seen; calyx lobes

persistent (Fig. 398),

_ Northern Queensland, from Mossman to Mt Fox, often in riverine

rainforest or on borders of mangroves.

COOK DISTRICT: Mossman Gorge, W of Mossman, Jun 1972, Wrigley & Telford NQ 1164;

Baileys Creek, on bank of Hutchison Creek, abt. [2 km E.N.E. of Daintree, Oct 1962, Smith

491

11587; Portion 130A Northern bank of Daintree at Ferry Crossing, Nov 1975, Hyland 7045;

*Johnstone River, Nov 1915, Michael; *Fenby’s Place, (approx. 17°S, 145°E), Dec 1948, Clemens.

NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: *Mt Fox, Dec 1949, Clemens.

*These three collections differ from the rest in having leaflets with less

distinct reticulate venation and the lateral nerves impressed above. Until more

collections are seen they are tentatively kept together as the shape of leaflets

and fruits are the same.

Common name: Silkwood.

4, Lepiderema pulchella Radlk., in Engl. & Prantl. Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3:206

(1907); Fedde Repert. 20:30 (1924); & in Engl. Pflanzenr. 98f:1218

(1933) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:905 (1927). Type: cultivated specimen,

Sydney Bot. Garden, from unknown locality, Maiden (not seen).

Small trees to 15m; glabrous; branchlets slightly + viscid. Leaves with

(1-24 pairs of leaflets; petioles 1.4-2.5cm, usually semiterete, pulvinate;

rachises 2-6.5cm long, semiterete; pinnae opposite to alternate, narrowly

oblong-ovate, or -subobovate to elliptic, falcate, usually tapering towards the

apex and bluntly acuminate, margins entire, bases oblique, acute, decurrent

into petiolules, 4-8 x 1.2-2 cm, semicoriaceous, minutely punctate; midrib

raised on both surfaces, lateral nerves 8-10 pairs, very fine and usually

indistinct; petiolules to 3 mm long. Panicles axillary, solitary or a few together,

5.5-12 x 3-6.5cm, branching from base, cymules 2—-or 3-flowered. Flowers

yellow-orange, 5-6 mm diam.; pedicels 2-3.5 mm long, glabrous; calyx lobes

pale yellow, elliptic, 1.5-3.5 x 1-2.5 mm; petals obovate-oblong, 3 x 2.5 mm;

filaments hairy below middle, 2-3.5mm long, anthers oblongoid; ovaries

subglobose, styles to 0.5 mm. Capsules subglobose, apiculate, brownish, to 1 x

1 cm, shortly stipitate; aril yellow (Fig 39C).

Southeastern Queensland to Tweed River, northern New South Wales; on

creek and river banks at edge of rainforests.

Queensland: MORETON DISTRICT: Currumbin Ck, Sep 1980, Bird; & Oct 1980, Jones; Warrie

N. P., Springbrook, junction of Mundoora and Canyon Creek, Jun 1978, McDonald & Jessup. New

South Wales. Hopkins Creek, near Murwillumbah, Sep 1965, Lemaire; Terranora, Dec 1961,

Tricks; Stotts Island, 2.4 km E of Tumbulgan, Aug 1972, Coveny & Armstrong 4354.

5, Lepiderema punctulata (F. Muell.) Radlk., Fedde Repert. 20:30 (1924); &

in Engl. Pflanzenr. 98f:1218 (1933); Based on Cupania punctulata F.

Muell., Fragm. 3:12 (1862); Benth., Fi. Aust. 1:458 (1863). Type.

Cumberland Islands, &. Fitzalan (not seen).

Ratonia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Fragm. 9:91 (1875); F. M.

Bailey, Qd FI. 1:297 (1899). Based on C. punctulata F. Muell.

Cupaniopsis punctulata (F. Muell.) Radlk., Sitzungsber. bayer, Akad.

9:530, n 359 (1879). Based on C. punctulata F. Muell.

Trees to 10m; glabrous; young parts slightly viscid. Leaves with 3-5

leaflets on each side of rachis; petioles 2.5-4.5(—7) cm long, terete, pulvinate;

rachises 4.5-8.5 cm long, subterete, adaxially ridged; pinnae subopposite or

alternate, obliquely ovate-oblong, tips acuminate or acute, bases very

oblique, abruptly obtuse and narrowing and decurrent into petiolules, 3.5-8 x

1.5-3.3 cm, semicoriaceous, pellucid punctate; usually shiny, scurfy and with

pale bloom above; midribs usually excentric, flat or slightly ridged above;

lateral nerves 8-12 pairs, suboblique, looping at margins, distinct on both

surfaces, reticulate venation lax, prominent; petiolules semiterete, 0.3-1.2 cm,

pulvinate. Inflorescences ramiflorous, on short lateral branches or in upper

492

axils, 3.5-9.5 x 1-7 cm, usually branching from the base, laxly flowered,

cymules 3-~5-flowered, peduncles slender, resin-dotted. Flowers (male only

seen) 4-5 mm diam.; pedicels 1-1.5 mm long, gland-dotted, glabrous; calyx

lobes broadly elliptic, suborbicular or broadly ovate, gland-dotted, 1.5-2.5 x

|-2 mm; petals subobovate 2-2.5 x 1,5-2 mm, gland-dotted; filaments exerted

3.5-4 mm long, puberulent towards base. Capsules subobovoid to globose,

shortly sitipitate, depressed on top, apiculate, | x I-1.2 cm; stipe 2-3 mm

long, dilated at top; seed slightly laterally compressed, aril usually enclosing

seed; calyx lobes not persistent in fruit (Fig. 39E).

_ Coastal Queensland from near Proserpine to Bustard Head; usually in

mixed forests on granite.

NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Gregory River near Mt Dryander, Michael: Strathdickie North

near Proserpine, Aug 1936, McPherson 82. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Cawley S. F., W of

Cathu, between Mackay & Proserpine, Jun 1965, Webb & Tracey 7670. PORT CURTIS

DISTRICT: Eurumbula, near Bustard Head, Jan 1906, Keys.

6. Lepiderema ixiocarpa S. T. Reynolds species nova affinis L. punctulata (F.

Muell.) Radlk. capsulis obovoidis viscidissimis conspicuis distinguenda.

Typus. North Kennedy District: S.F.R. 251, Ismailia, 17 Jun 1954,

Volck 761 (BRI holotypus).

Shrubs or small trees to 7m; young parts very viscid; branchlets with

linear striations, puberulent. Leaves with 4-6(-9) leaflets on each side of

rachis; petioles 2.2-6.5(-8)cm long, terete, pulvinate; rachises 5.5-23.5 cm

long, terete, slender, puberulent; pinnae opposite or alternate, ovate to

ovate-oblong, abruptly rounded at base and attenuate at apex, tips caudate or

acuminate, bases obtuse, rounded, oblique, shortly attenuate and decurrent into

petiolules, 3.5-8.5 x 1.5-3.7 cm, glabrous or subglabrous, midribs above

usually finely pubescent, semicoriaceous, pellucid punctate, viscid; shiny above

and often with short linear crystals; midribs usually forming a slender ridge

above, especially towards base, sometimes excentric, lateral nerves 7-9 pairs,

obliquely arched and looping at margins, very fine, sometimes indistinct;

petiolules slender, 0.6—1.1 cm, terete, pulvinate, puberulent. Inflorescences

mostly in upper axils or ramiflorous, 6.5-29 x 1.5~10 cm, laxly branched and

flowered; peduncles gland-dotted, viscid, cymules 3-5-flowered. Flowers

pinkish red, 5-7 mm diam.; pedicels 2-2.5mm, articulate towards base,

gland-dotted near base, subglabrous; calyx lobes broadly elliptic or broadly

ovate, 1.5-3.5 x 1.5-2.5mm, glabrous, smaller ones gland-dotted; petals

elliptic-oblong, 2.5 x 1.5mm, scurfy towards middle on outside; disc 5-lobed;

filaments exerted, 2-3 mm long, pubescent from near middle to base, anthers

1 mm long. Capsules broadly obovoid narrowing into thick short stipe, slightly

retuse or truncate at apex and apiculate, carinate at angles towards base

(immature ones obcordate, deeply 3-lobed on top with the lobes compressed

and wing-like, the persistent style forming a cone-like apiculate tip in centre),

1-1.6 x 1.3-1.6 cm, very viscid with large resin drops scattered over surface;

seeds nearly enclosed in aril; stipe 2-3 mm long; calyx lobes reflexed, persistent

in fruit (Fig. 39D).

Northern Queensland, around Atherton Tableland; in rainforests as an

understorey tree, altitude from 800 to over 1000 m.

COOK DISTRICT: S.F.R. 186, Kauri L.A. (17°00’S 145°30°E), May 1971, Hyland 5016; Haig L

A. (17906’S 145°36’E), Mar 1977, Gray 366 (QRS). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: E.P.3, Mr

Haigh, Emeraid L.A. 607 (17°50’S 145°37°E), Sep 1973, Risfey 112 (QRS); S.F.R. 344, Kirrama

(18°*09’S, 145°35°E), Oct 1969, Maziin.

Very close to L. punctulata but the sticky obovoid fruits with persistent

calyx and usually more leaflets differentiates this species from it.

493

Figure 39. A-F. Lepiderema spp. A. L. hirsuta, Al inflorescence (x 1), A2 tip of branchlet (x 1),

A3 leaflet (x 1), A4 dehisced fruit (x 1); B. LZ. sericolignis, B1 fruits (x 1), B2 seed

(x 6); C. L. pulchella, C1 leaflets (x 3/4), C2 male flower with 3 petals removed (x 6;

D. Lixiocarpa, D1 mature fruit (x 1), D2 dehisced fruit (x 1), D3 young fruit (x 1),

D4 seed with aril (x 6); E. £. punctiulata, E2 seed with aril (x 1); F. L. largiflorens, F1

petal (x 6), F2 calyx lobe (x 6), F3 fruit (< 1), F4 seed with aril (x 1). G. Dimocarpus

australianus G1 fruiting branchlet (x !/2), G2 part of leaflet in detail (x 6), G3 Ls. of

young fruit (x 1).

494

DIMOCARPUS

Dimocarpus Lour., Fl. Cochinch. 233 (1790). Leenh., Blumea 19:113-131

(1971). Lectotype species: D. lichi Lour. (syn. D. longan).

Euphoria auct. non Commerson ex Juss., Gen. 247 (1789) nom. illeg.;

Leenh., l.c.

Pseudonephelium Radlk., Sitzungsber. bayer. Akad. 20:288 (1890); Leenh.,

lc. Type species: P. ” fumatum (Blume) Radlk. based on Nephelium

Jumatum Blume

Trees or shrubs; indumentum of stellate hairs usually intermingled with

scattered long simple hairs. Leaves paripinnate, rarely unifoliolate; leaflets

alternate or subopposite, lower surfaces usually papillose, and with naked

glands at nerve axils and also near the margins. Inflorescences axillary or

terminal paniculate thyrses, sparsely branched with scattered sessile or

subsessile cymules; bracteate. Flowers unisexual, usually monoecious; pedicels

mostly articulate near base; calyces shortly cupular, S—sect, lobes ovate, equal,

imbricate, slightly concave; petals 5, subobovate to elliptic, scales absent; discs

annular, hairy; stamens 6-8, filaments hairy; ovaries sessile, deeply 2-lobed,

with solitary ovule in each cell, usually only 1 lobe developing; style simple;

stigmas 2-lobed. Fruits usually l-lobed, this globose or broadly ellipsoid,

indehiscent; warty, smooth, or densely long-spiny and granular on outside,

smooth and glabrous inside; seeds subglobose, shiny, enveloped by (usually

thick) white aril.

Six species, south-eastern Asia, Philippines, New Guinea to Australia; 2 in

eastern Australia. One species D. longan mainly subsp. /ongan is commonly

cultivated as a fruit tree in Asia, New Guinea and in Queensland.

Lower surfaces of leaflets with naked glands in the axil of primary

nerves and also near the margins. Ovaries finely stellate pubescent,

not warty. Peduncles finely stellate hairy. Branchlets not

SST DGG, Aue Ue hye evediay dl npslernh ed aachalatieals bastedoaaactenba bale’ D, australianus

Lower surfaces of leaflets rarely with solitary naked glands in the axils of

primary nerves, none near the margins. Ovaries densely and

coarsely stellate hairy with big tufts of hairs, warty in mature

ovaries with each wart crowned by a big tuft of hairs. Peduncles

tomentose. Branchlets 5-ribbed .............. ccc cece eee ees D. leichhardtii

1. Dimocarpus australianus Leenh., Blumea 21:377 (1973). Type: Cook

District: 6 miles [10 km] S of Helenvale on Shipton’s Flat Road, 28 Aug

1970, Gittins 2162 (BRI, iso).

Trees often small, buttressed; young parts with fine pale rusty tufted

pubescence; others (branchlets, petiole, rachises and petiolules) finely

puberulent to glabrous; branchlets with numerous, pale, elliptic lenticels.

Leaves with petiole 7.5-21 cm long with 2-3 leaflets each side of rachis;

petioles 2,5-6 cm, subterete, pulvinate, mostly lenticellate; rachises 1.5-6 cm,

terete, adaxially ridged: pinnae elliptic-ovate, subobovate or oblong- elliptic,

tips acute or obtuse or shortly and abruptly acuminate, margins entire, bases

acute or obtuse, oblique (with one side truncate and other obtuse), 3-12. °5(-15)

x 1.5-4(-5.5) cm, glabrous, or lower surfaces puberulent especially towards the

base, semicoriaceous, drying paler and somewhat glaucous below; midrib

slightly broadly channelled towards base above, raised below, lateral nerves

12-16 pairs, subpatent, usually with naked glands at their axils and near the

margins; petiolules 4-8 mm, + channelled above. Panicles terminal or in

495

upper axils, 14-27 x 2-16.5 cm, laxly branched; peduncles divaricate, finely

stellate hairy, mostly lenticellate, ultimate ones with 3-7-flowered subsessile

cymules; bracts ovate-oblong, 1-2 « 0.5— 1 mm, pubescent. Flowers 4.5-6 mm

diam., cream; pedicels 2~3(-6) mm, pubescent; calyx lobes 2.5-3 x 1.8-2 mm,

densely hairy outside, puberulent inside: petals subobovate to elliptic, shortly

clawed, 2.5-3 x 1.5mm, densely hairy towards the middle and papillose at

apex inside, puberulent towards the base outside; filaments filiform, 2.5-3 mm

long, hairy ‘from about a third down; ovaries + ‘compressed, pubescent, styles

to 2mm long, pubescent. Immature fruits subobcordate with 2 divaricate,

unequal, subglobose lobes, 1.5-2 x 1.5-3.3 cm, or l-lobed then lobe obliquely

obovoid or subglobose to 13 x 1.6 cm; finely and minutely pale rusty stellate

pubescent outside, glabrous inside; mesocarp fleshy, very spongy and thick

(3-5 mm _ thick including the hard pericarp); seeds with partly developed

patelliform white aril at its base. Mature fruits not seen (Fig. 39G).

Northern Queensland usually in mountainous country, quite common in

rainforests of MclIiwraith Range.

COOK DISTRICT: Alligator Ck catchment on Pascoe River Road (12°35’S, 145°18°E), Oct 1972,

Hyland 2725 (QRS); Claudie River (12°45’S, 143°15’E), Sep 1976, Hyland 3454 (QRS); Mcilwraith

Ra. on eastern spur about 23 km ENE of Coen, Oct 1962, Syith 11847; Rocky River (13°47’S,

143°29°E), Jul 1975, Hyland 3227.

2. Dimocarpus lJeichhardtii (Benth.) S. T. Reynolds comb. nov. Based on

Euphoria leichhardtii Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:468 (1863). Type: Eastern

Australia, Leichhardt (MEL 74654, holo).

Nephelium leichhardtii (Benth.) F. Muell., Append. to Rep. Intercol.

Exhib. 25 (1867); Fragm, 9:99 (1875). Based on E. leichhardtii Benth.

Arytera leichhardtii (Benth.) Radlk., Sapind. Holl.—Ind. 44, 114 (1879), &

Sitzungsber. bayer. Akad. 9:510 (1879). Based on E. leichhardtii Benth.

Misapplied name: Euphoria leichhardtii Benth. var. hebepetala auct. non

Benth., Radlk., Sapind. Holl Ind. 44,114 (1879).

Branchlets 5-ribbed with pale linear elliptic lenticels crowded in the

grooves; coarsely or tuberculate pubescent with dense large stellate or tufted

hairs. Leaf with petiole to 10 cm long; petiole 2 cm long, semiterete, broad at

base, puberulent; rachis 3.2 cm long, adaxially ridged, pubescent; pinnae 7,

elliptic or subobovate, broader above the middle with broad obtuse apices,

margins entire, bases unequal (usually obtuse on one side, acute on the other),

55-65 x 2.8 cm, glabrous or subglabrous above, puberulent below,

semicorlaceous, drying darker and shiny above, pale below, lateral nerves 10

pairs, arched at their tips, usually without naked glands at their axils;

petiolules 3-5 mm long, pubescent. Panicles erect, slender, with short branches

and interrupted clusters of subsessile cymules, 8-10.5 x 0.5-6 cm, peduncles

broad at base, tomentose, cymules 3-7-flowered. Flowers 5,5-6(-7).mm diam;

pedicels 1-1.5 mm, pubescent; calyx lobes ovate, obtuse, 2.5-3 x 1.7-2 mm,

tomentose outside, pubescent inside; petals 3 x I.Smm, elliptic or

subobovate, shortly clawed with scattered white curly hairs on the inside

towards middle and margins, glabrous at apex; glabrous or rarely subglabrous

towards base outside; filaments 3.5-4.5 mm in males, (1 mm long in females)

puberulent from above middle to base; anthers 1.25 x 0.25 mm; ovaries

deeply 2-lobed, lobes globose, densely, coarsely or tuberculate stellate hairy

with large tufts of hairs, mature lobes warty with each wart topped by a big

hairy tuft; styles 1.5-3 mm long, pubescent. Fruits not seen.

496

Known only from the type. Very close to D. australianus differing mainly

in being more hairy with coarser hairs, warty ovary, and the leaves rarely with

naked glands in the axil of main nerves. It is close to and may be a variant of

D. longan subsp. longan, differing from overseas material in having narrower

and shortly branched panicles. More collections of D. leichhardtii are necessary

before any conclusion can be made.

There is some doubt as to the locality of the type as Dr. Leichhardt was

not known-to-collect. from tropical eastern Australia, especially in the type of

habitat that Dimocarpus grows in, unless the type was collected from a

cultivated specimen, but again there is doubt that D. longan could have been

introduced so early in Australia. Perhaps Bentham was right in treating

Euphoria leichhardtti as an Australian endemic distinct from others.

When Bentham described Euphoria leichhardtii Benth., l.c. 1863, he also

distinguished a variety hebepetala and cited Leichhardt’s specimen from

Nurrum Nurrum [Neurum, 60 km NNW of Brisbane] but the holo- and

isotypes (MEL 74655 & 75656) of E. leichhardtii var. hebepetala were found to

be Arytera_foveolata F. Muell. which occurs in the area, ranging from

Richmond River, New South Wales, to Gympie. Bentham’s description of the

species and variety fit the specimens of each that he cited,

Radikofer (1879) combined E. leichhardtii and its variety hebepetala under

Arytera leichhardtii (Benth.) Radlk. He probably did not see the type

specimens held at Melbourne. The types he saw were probably duplicates of

the “Nurrum Nurrum” specimen because his description of A. leichhardtii fits

A. foveolata. Because he wrongly treated E. leichhardtii var. leichhardtii and

var. hebepetala as being conspecific, Radlkofer’s use of the name AF.

leichhardtti var. hebepetala must be considered a misapplication of the name,

and Arytera leichhardtii (Benth.) Radlk. p.p. is placed in synonymy under the

earlier A. foveolata F. Muell.

497

Austrobaileya 1(5) 497-501 (1982)

A NEW SPECIES OF DENDROBIUM FROM CAPE YORK

PENINSULA AND NEW GUINEA

By P. S. Lavarack

Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service, Townsville.

and

P. J. Cribb

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew

Summary

Dendrobium carronii Layarack et Cribb is described, The differences between this and the related

D. canaliculatum R. Br. are discussed. The relationships of these two species are considered

resulting in the placing of both in the section Ceratobium. A key to the Australian species of this

section 1s presented,

Dendrobium carronii Lavarack et Cribb sp. nov. affine D. canaliculato R. Br.,

habitu simile sed floribus majoribus distincte coloratis sepalis albis petalis

brunneis longioribus labello luteo lobo medio fere oblongo lobis lateralibus

patentibus carinatis apice non elevatis satis distinguendum.

Herba -epiphytica,; pseudobulbis 1.5-5 x I-3cm ageregatis brevibus interdum subglobosis

medio inflatis purpureis, Foliis apicalibus plerumque 2 sed usque 4 usque 12 x 0,.5cm fere

teretibus carnosis dorso longitudinaliter sulcatis. Inflorescentiis 1-3 usque 20cm longis e nodis

apicalibus exortis 2-12~floris; rhachido purpureo; bracteis 2 mm longis ovatis acuminatis. Floribus

patentibus; pedicello cum ovario 2. cm longo; ovario minute papilloso sub angulo 90° e pedicello

exorto. Sepalis 0.5 x 03cm triangularibus acuminatis albis. Petalis 18-2 x 0.2-0.3 cm

oblanceolatis acutis semel tortis atrobrunneis vel atropurpureis ad basin albis et in centro laminae

longitudinaliter fuscatis. Labello I1-I1.4 x 0.7-0.8cm prominenter trilobato luteo; lobo medio

oblongo acuto; labis lateralibus rotundatis erectis vel patentibus; callo leniter tricarinato usque ad

lobum medium vix attingente. Columna 0.2 x 0.3cm apice denticulata; stelidibus 2

brevibus; pede 0.5 cm longo, mento retrorso colummae + parallelo, anthera apice papillosa basi

haud profunde emarginata, Typus. Cook District: Cape York Peninsula, 5 km south of Jacky Jacky

Creek 11°00’S 142°28’E, P. Lavarack 2573 (BRI, holotypus).

An epiphytic herb. Pseudobulbs purple, clustered, short and swollen about

the middle, often almost globose, 1.5-5 x 1-3 cm. Leaves usually 2 but up to

4, at the apex of the stem, fleshy, almost terete, with a groove on the upper

surface, up to 12 x 0.5cm. Inflorescences suberect, one to 3 per

pseudobulb, from the apical nodes, rachis purple, up to 20cm long, 2-12

flowers. Bracts ovate, acuminate, 2 mm long. Pedicel and ovary purple about

2cm long; ovary borne at about 90° to the pedicel, minutely papillose. Sepals

white, triangular, apiculate, 0.5 x 0.3. cm. Petals dark brown to purple with a

white base and a darker stripe running the length of the petal, oblanceolate,

acute, twisted once, 1.8-2 «x 0.2-0.3 cm. Lip prominently 3-lobed, 1-1.4 x

0.7-0.8 cm; mid-lobe oblong acute, sidelobes erect to spreading, rounded;

callus of 3 poorly developed ridges scarcely reaching the midlobe. Column

0.3 x 0.2 cm., denticulate on the apical margin with 2 small erect apical teeth;

foot 0.5cm long, mentum pointing backwards more or less parallel to the

column, Anther papillose in front, shallowly notched at the base (Fig. 40)

Distribution. Eastern Cape York Peninsula from Cape York south to about

Coen and in the Central District of Papua New Guinea (Dodd 1976). An

epiphyte of the moister coastal and mountainous areas of the east coast of

Cape York Peninsula from sea level to about 500 m. Usually growing on paper

498

barked species of Melaleuca in mixed open forests, but also on Xanthostemon

crenulatus and Tristania suaveolens in swamp forests.

In 1976 Dodd described a plant from Hula as being “a distinctive variety”

(i.e. from the known varieties of D. canaliculatum). This plant, as described by

Dodd, agrees perfectly with D. carronii.

Queensland: COOK DISTRICT: Cape York Peninsula: 5 km south of Jacky Jacky Creek, 20 Aug

73, P. Lavarack 2573; Lankelly Creek 06 Aug 78, J. Clarkson 2467 (+ Spirit)!; Tozers Gap, Cult.

Townsville 20 Sep 80, P. Lavarack 3063 (Spirit)!; 3064 (Spirit)!, 3065 (Spirit)!, 3066 (Spirit)!, 3086

(Spirit)!; Jardine River, Cult. Townsville 20 Sep 80, P. Lavarack 3082 (Spirit)! Papua New Guinea:

Hyla, Central District, Nov 1973, J. Dodd U.W.A. 2983.

This species is closely related to D. canaliculatum R. Br. and indeed the

two species are difficult to separate when not in flower. D. carronii 1s usually

more purple in its vegetative parts than D, canaliculatum. The major

difference lie in the flowers. These differences are shown in the table given

below:

D. carronii D. canaliculatum

Sepals triangular, halfaslongas _

petals, not twisted, linear, as long as petals,

apiculate twisted, acute

Lip yellow, midlobe oblong, — white with purple

straight markings, midlobe ovate

to almost circular

Callus on lip low, scarcely reaching about 1 mm high,

midlobe reaching to near the apex

of midlobe :

Mentum approximately parallel to at an obtuse angle to

column column

Point of attachment of about halfway between near end of column foot

lip base of column and end of

mentum

Column purple with white anther yellow

D. carronii has been named in honour of William Carron (1823-76),

botanist to the ill-fated Kennedy expedition of 1848, who passed through the

area where this species grows and may well have been the first to collect it.

Carron was one of the three survivors of this expedition, but his specimens

were not recovered by the rescue party.

The inclusion of D. canaliculatum and D. carronii in sect. Ceratobium.

Sect. Eleutheroglossum was established by Schlecter (1907) to include

three new Caledonian species of Dendrobium: D. eleutheroglossum Schltr., D.

ngoyense Schltr. and D. potssonianum Schltr. Later, he also included D.

canaliculatum R. Br., an Australian and New Guinean species, in the section

and subsequent authors such as Dockrill (1969) have followed his treatment.

Schlechter (1912) discussed briefly the affinities of this section and commented

that it possessed characteristics linking it with, on the one hand, sect.

Phalaenanthe and, on the other, with sect. Ceratobium. Kranzlin’s treatment

of Dendrobium (1910) is so aberrant that it can safely be ignored in this case.

Whilst agreeing with Schlechter’s comments on sect. Eleutheroglossum we

are inclined to disagree with his inclusion of D. canaliculatum in the section.

499

Not only is it geographically isolated, but its flowers are quite typical of those

of sect. Ceratobium. In the New Caledonian species of sect. Eleutheroglossum

the mentum is elongate and distinctively incurved, the petals are shorter than

or only as long as, the dorsal sepal and the lip is emarginate at the apex and

bears but two longitudinal calli or a papillate cushion (see Halle’, 1977). D.

canaliculatum, in common with species of sect. Ceratobium, has a shorter

mentum, petals which are twisted and mostly longer than the dorsal sepal and

an obtuse to acute lip bearing three or five longitudinal calli. Its flowers closely

resemble those of D. percnanthum Rchb. f. which has always been considered

a species in sect. Ceratobium. Cytological evidence obtained by Wilfret et al.

(1979) and Kamemoto & Wilfret (1980) from studies of the meiotic behaviour

of inter- and intrasectional hybrids of Dendrobium confirms the view that D.

canaliculatum is very closely allied to species of sect. Ceratobium. C.

canaliculatum is aberrant, however, in having a short fusiform pseudobulb and

subterete fleshy leaves but even these conditions are approached in some

species of sect. Ceratobium. Overall it seems more consistent to remove D.

candliculatum from sect. Eleutheroglossum (which is retained for the three

New Caledonian species only) and place it in sect. Ceratobium., Likewise the

new species described here, D. carronii, is also attributable to the latter section.

. | eX

pee aur f

Pe oS

Figure 40, Dendrobium carronii a. plant b. flower from front c. flower from side d. longitudinal

section of column and labellum e. labellum from above (flattened) f. column from front

g. column from side h, anther from above. i. pollinia,

500

Key to the Australian species of Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium.

Leaves fleshy, almost terete with a groove on the upper surface:

Mentum pointing backwards + parallel to the column; callus on lip of three poorly developed

ridges; mid lobe obiong, straight; sepals white, petals purple or dark brown; lip

MED HONE s wecilessteacase fe ae lddcteu Shoes Saale eed talk Seales stan tenes obec ved ohed ecoilcuerd atch ies D. carronii

Mentum at an angle of c. 90° to the column; callus ridges on mid-lobe c. 1 mm high; mid-lobe

ovate to almost circular, somewhat recurved; sepals and petals yellow or brown-tipped; lip

white, marked with purple........ 0... ccc ccc ccc cece este eee eveeueeeneeenas D. canaticulatum

Leaves flat, coriaceous or subcoriaceous, never terete:

Inflorescence with sheathing bracts; pedicel emerging from a few mm above the bract axil;

flowers white with green petals and marked with violet or purple on the lip . D. antennatum

Inflorescence with ovate or lanceolate spreading bracts; pedicels emerging from the axils of the

bracts; flowers mostly yellow, brown or purple:

Petals and sepals undulate and crispate on margins often markedly so; bracts often | cm or

PEE ae RS) aca, Har, tot te Stet A bn sob hola went oh bide aah ote ttire-phidiee ans D. discolor

(syn. D. undulatum)

Petals and sepals with smooth entire margins; bracts mostly less than 5 mm long:

Flowers predominantly purple or lilac; lip mid-lobe transversely elliptic truncate;

mentum mostly more than 1 cm long.......... ccc ccc cece cece e eee eens D. nindii

(syn. D. tofftii)

Flowers yellow, brown or ochre, + marked with purpie veins on the lip; lip mid-lobe

ovate to broadly ovate, acute or obtuse; mentum less than 9 mm long:

Lip mid-lobe ovate or narrowly ovate, acute, purple-veined with undulate

margins; callus of 5 continuous undulate ridges; side lobes with rugulose

venation; flowers mostly self-pollinating; leaves oblong-elliptic,

CHEB Eda vie Oto sence atone de ateshemvartisllte a dxdt ta-siunlas poesia ees D. wilkianum.*

Lip mid-lobe broadly ovate, obtuse, with flat margins; callus of 3-5 ridges rather

discontinuous and raised on mid-lobe; side lobes lacking rugulose venation,

flowers cross-poilinating; leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, acute to sub-acute:

Mentum pointing backwards in flower; lip elliptic in outline; mid-lobe

narrower than side lobes when spread; petals dark purple to

PEER case e548 4S aetncay one eh a pease aca -parnamey ghowynla dw eticedin pike aaa D. johannis

Mentum straight, not noticeably curved backwards; lip oblong in outline;

mid-lobe as broad as side lobes when spread; petals ochre-yellow + veined

PUTS ats he Vege Aealiaalla eed ecklesice tides Preset ibe tg D. semifuscum

* D. wilkianum is closely allied to D. mirbelianum from New Guinea with which it may prove on

further study to be conspecific.

References

Dockrill, A. (1969). Australian Indigenous Orchids. 1:457. Soc. Grow.

Aust. Pl., Sydney.

Dodd, J. (1976). Dendrobium canaliculatum R. Br. from Hula, Central

District. Orchid Soc. Papua New Guinea Newsletter. Feb.

1976:17-20.

Hallé, E. N. (1977) in Orchidacees, 122-134. Flore de la Nouvelle

Caledonie 8.Mus. National Hist. Nat., Paris.

Kamemoto, H. & Wilfret, G. J. (1980). Proc. 9th World Orchid Conf.

255-261.

501

Kranzlin, F. (1910). 21 Orchidaceae-Monandrae—Dendrobiinae: 255 & 274,

in Engler, Das Pflanzenreich IV. 50.

Schlechter, R. (1907) Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 39:70.

Schlechter, R. (1912) Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg Beth. 1:447.

Wilfret, G. J., Takeshita, T. & Kamemoto, H. (1979). J. Amer.

Hort. Sci. 104 (1):43-46.

502

Austrobaileya 1(5): 502-510 (1982)

TYPIFICATION OF THE SPECIES OF LICHENS

DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIAN SPECIMENS

BY JAMES STIRTON.

By Roderick W. Rogers

Botany Department, University of Queensland.

Abstract

During the nineteenth century James Stirton published 103 lichen names as new species from the

Australian continent (excluding Tasmania). One of these was invalidly published. Type specimens

have been located for 82 of the taxa, and the nature of the material — holotype, lectotype or

syntype, designated. The types are in three herbaria, British Museum (Natural History) London,

Glasgow Museum and Art Gallery, and the Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane.

INTRODUCTION

James Stirton described over 100 new lichen taxa from Australia. Working

from Glasgow he received material from all parts of the tropical and

subtropical world. He received his Australian material mostly through F. M.

Bailey, the Colonial Botanist for Queensland,

Most of the species described by Stirton he published himself, but a

number of Australian taxa were published in works by F. M. Bailey. The

standard of the publication is regrettably low: in many cases no type specimen

is indicated, and in some no collector, location or date is indicated. When

specimens are matched with the descriptions it is apparent that errors occurred

in transcribing information in notes with the specimen to the publication. This

means that no Holotype can be designated for most of the Australian material,

and that designation of a Lectotype is necessary.

In 1977/78 the collections in the British Museum (Natural History) (BM)

and Glasgow Museum and Art Gallery (GLAM) were searched for Stirton

types from continental Australia. The annotations were copied, and a set of the

annotations lodged with the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL). Brisbane herbarium

(BRI) has been searched for types also.

The Stirton collection was divided after his death, and distributed to

GLAM and to BM. No logic in the distribution of taxa is apparent from the

Australian collections in the herbaria. Some Stirton types were sent back to F.

M. Bailey in Brisbane (BRI). The collections in GLAM are usually better than

the others, with more complete labels and more material, however, this is not

universally true. It appears that the GLAM material has not been disturbed

since it came to the museum. The BM collections, however, have been stuck

on to sheets often with many other specimens, and appear in most cases to be

only fragments of the material in GLAM, although the sole representation of

some material is in BM.

The BRI collections have commonly been mounted in large, and now

crumbling, folios but some are in packets and boxes, There is no pattern

detectable concerning which specimens are in BRI and which are not. Some

material determined by Stirton was later forwarded by Bailey to Miiller-

Argoviensis in Geneva, and it may be that some missing Stirton types will be

found redetermined in Geneva Herbarium (G).

503

TYPIFICATION

Taxa are arranged in alphabetical sequence under the name published by

Stirton. New combinations or published redeterminations are indicated in

square brackets immediately below the original name. The type is then

identified, and the collection in which th type may be found and its status

indicated. Where the taxon appears to be misplaced currently the likely genus

for the material is then indicated.

Arthonia albofarinosa Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 488

Type: ‘Queensland, near Warwick. F. M. Bailey. no. 505, in the gap between upper Freestone

Creek and Maryvale Valley. Rec. 17 Jan. 1899’ GLAM (selected here as LECTOTYPE). An

incompletely labelled, less heavily annotated specimen in BM is probably an isolectotype.

Arthonia conspersula Stirt. in Bailey 1899a p. 40

Type: No collector or location indicated.

No specimen found.

Arthonia subcondita Stirt. in Bailey 1899a p. 39

Type: No collector or location indicated.

No specimen found.

Ascidium profundum Stirt. 1880 p. 70

[Thelotrema profundum (Stirt.) Shirley]

Type: ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey no. 131° GLAM (LECTOTYPE), BM

DE OEE, The GLAM collection is heavily annotated by Stirton, that in BM labelled

“part of type’

Cladonia arcuata Stirt. 1888 p. 308

[Cladia sullivanii (Mill. Arg.) Martin fide Teuvo Ahti 1966.]

Type: ‘Australia, Victoria, Beechworth. Falck 1881’. GLAM (here selected as LECTOTYPE).

Collema gwytheri Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 484

[Collema leptaleum Tuck. var. leptaleum (Degelius 1974)]

Types: ‘Queensland, F. M. Bailey out of no. 380. GLAM (here selected a LECTOTYPE). Bailey

1899b says collected Gwyther. A collection in BM (also a minute fragment) is probably identical,

but is without collectors number and is not so heavily annotated by Stirton.

Collema hypoplasium Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 484

[Lempholemma hypoplasium (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]}

Types: ‘Gowrie Mts. nr. Brisbane, F, M. Bailey 1877 no. 30’ GLAM (HOLOTYPE). A specimen

in BM without a collection number may be a fragment of the type. This collection appears to be

a Physma species.

Eumitria batleyt Stirt. 1882 p. |

[Usnea baileyi (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Queensland, F. M. Bailey n. 164’ BM {here designated LECTOTYPE). This specimen is

not Holotype as indicated by Swinscow and Krog (1974), as Stirton indicated two collections,

simply as Brisbane (F. M. Bailey) and Fernando Po (G. Thomson).

Endocarpon baileyi Stirt. 1881 p. 74

[Leptotrema baileyi (Stirt.) Shirley; Lepfotrema wightti (Tayl.) Mill.Arg.]

Type: ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey no. 249 Rec.” GLAM (HOLOTYPE), BRI

(ISOTYPE). A collection in BM without a collection number is possibly a fragment of the type.

Eurnitria formosa Sturt. 1883 p. 297

[Usnea baileyi (Stirt.) Zahlbr. (Swinscow & Krog 1974)j

Type: ‘Australia, Peak Range; Slatter, ex Hv. Baron v. Miiller?’ BM (selected here as

LECTOTYPE),

Graphis circumfusca Stirt. 1880 p. 73

Types: ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey “white lines” no. 201’. GLAM (here sata as

LECTOTYPE) ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey “white lines” no, 20 BM

(ISOLECTOTYPE). The GLAM material is more heavily annotated by Stirton,

Graphis eludens Stirt. 1880 p, 72

|Phaeographis eludens (Stirt.) Shirley]

Type: Baiiey 287.

No type collection located.

504

Graphis gyridia Stirt. 1880 p. 77

(Graphina gyridia (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Australia, Waterloo, Gippsland. N. Paton’

BM (here selected a LECTOTYPE).

Graphis mucronata Stirt. 1876a p. 95

[Phaeographis mucronata (Stirt.) Shirley}

Type: ‘Australia, Riverina. H. Paton’. BM (here selected as LECTOTYPE),

Graphis pertenella Stirt. 1880 p. 72

[Graphina pertenella (Stirt.) Shirley]

Type: Bailey 79, near Brisbane. BRI (HOLOTYPE).

Graphis repleta Stirt. 1880 p. 73

[Graphina repleta (Stirt.) Shirley]

Type: ‘Corticola, Brisbane, coll. Bailey 226 ex parte’. BRI (HOLOTYPE).

Graphis subvelata Stirt. ex Bailey 1889b p, 488

[Graphina subvelata (Stirt. ex Bailey) Zahlbr.]

Type: without location or collector. BM (here selected as LECTOTYPE).

Lecanora alligata Stirt. ex Bailey 1899a p. 38

Type: ‘Queensland, F, M. Bailey out of No. 27’ BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE).

Lecanora mundula Stirt, 1881 p. 76

Type: ‘Australia, Waterloo, Gippsland. H. Paton. GLAM (here selected as LECTOTYPE), BM

(ISOLECTOTYPE). The GLAM collection is more heavily annotated by Stirton.’ This is not a

species of Lecanora, but is possibly Bombyliospora.

Lecanora phaeanthella Stirt. in Bailey 1899a, p. 38

Type: no collector or location designated.

No collection located,

Lecanora phaeoplaca Stitt. ex Bailey 1899b, p. 487

[Haematomma phaeoplacum (Stirt. ex Bailey) Zahibr.]

Type: no location or collector designated. No collection located.

Lecanora punicea var. infisea Stirt. ex Bailey 1889a p. 38

[Haematomma puniceum var. infuseum (Stirt. ex Bailey) Zahlbr. 1928 5, 770]

Type: ‘Queensland, Jimbour, F. M. Bailey (out of no. 10)’ BM. Of the two BM specimens the

heavily annotated specimen, not that from Kew is designated LECTOTYPE.

Lecanora pulverata Stirt. 1880 p. 70.

Type: ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey, no. 86 near Brisbane River’. GLAM (HOLOTYPE).

A specimen in BM may be a fragment of the type, but has no collectors number.

Lecanora rutilescens Stirt. in Bailey 1899a p. 38

Type: No collector or location designated.

No collection located.

Lecanora subpurpurea Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 487

Type: No collector or location designated.

No collection located.

Lecidea aberrata Stirt. 1881 p. 71

Type: ‘Taylor’s Range, F. M. Bailey no. 190’. GLAM (here designated LECTOTYPE) BRI

(ISOLECTOTYPE). This appears to be a Lecanora.

Lucidea demutans Stirt. 1880 p. 71

[Buellia demutans (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Queensland, F. M. Batley no. 827 GLAM (HOLOTYPE).

Lecidea foliata Stirt. 1880 p. 71

[Phyllopsora foliata (Stirt, ) Zahlbr.]

Types: ‘Brisbane, F. M. Bailey 156’, GLAM (selected here as LECTOTYPE), BRI

(ISOLECTOTYPE).

Lecidea glomerella Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 487

[Rinedina glomerella (Stirt. in Bailey) Zahlbr.|

Type: No collector or location designated. No material located. The description suggests the

collection was a Buellia species.

505

Lecidea grossulina Stirt. 1881 p. 77

aula ia grossulina (Stirt.) Pzahlbr.: Catillaria grossa (Pers.) Kérb. fide J. Mackenzie Lamb iv.

1953]

Type: Australia, Fern Tree Gully. H. Paton. Type 223(5). GLAM (here designated

LECTOTYPE).

Lecidea inalbescens Stirt. 1880 p. 72

[Opegrapha inalbescens (Stirt.) Miill, Arg.]

Type: ‘Brisbane, F. M. Bailey on Rosewood Scrub. no. 258’ GLAM (here selected as

LECTOTYPE), BRI GSOLECTOTYPE). The specimens are neither Lecidea nor Opergrapha,

but may be Lecanactis.

Lecidea nodulosa Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 488

[Lecania nodulosa (Stirt. in Bailey) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Queensland, Warwick F. M. Bailey no number Rec. 17th Jan. 1899’. GLAM (here

lecee as LECTOTYPE). The collection is orebatly a Rhizecarpon species.

Lecidea placomorpha Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 487

[Rinodina placomorpha (Stirt. in Bailey) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Queensland, F. M. Bailey, out of no. 365’ GLAM (selected here as LECTOTYPE). The

collection is apparently a species of Buellia.

Lecidea raffii Stirt. 1876 p. 168

[Bacidia raffii (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘A Raff, Brisbane. rec. 4 Jan. 76’. GLAM (here designated LECTOTYPE); BM

(ISOLECTOTYPE),

Lecidea restituta Stirt. in Bailey 1899a p. 39

[Buellia restituta (Stirt. in Bailey) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey no. 163’, GLAM (HOLOTYPE). The description does

not designate a type specimen, but the GLAM specimen is annotated ‘Pubn. July 1899’ and is

therefore considered to be the one the description was based on. The specimen in BM may be

an isotype.

Lecidea sanguinolenta Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 488

cane sanguinolenta (Stirt. in Bailey) Zahlbr.]

‘Queensland near Brisbane, F. M. Bailey out of no, 163°. GLAM (here selected as

LECTOTYPE), (Probably collected by Gwyther, near Warwick, Qld.) Apparently a species of

uellia

Lecidea subcaerulea Stirt. in Bailey 1899a p. 41

Type: Location and collector not designated.

No material located. The description indicates that this is not a Lecidea but probably a

Lopadium species,

Lecidea subconnexa Stirt. in Bailey 1899a p. 39

[Buellia subconnexa (Stirt. in Bailey) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Mrs. Heywood Mc. Ewan 1896. 60 miles west of Brisbane’

No collection has been located.

Lecidea subhyalina Stirt, 1880 p. 77

[Phyllopsora subhyalina (Stirt. ) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Australia, Waterloo, Gippsland. H. Paton’ BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE). A

peculiar collection with globular transparent orange apothecia, but not Phylfopsora.

Lecidea subnubila Stitt.

Type: ‘Fassifern, Bailey 261° BRI (HOLOTYPE). A collection in BM is without a collectors

number, but is probably a fragment of the type.

Lecidea subrepleta Stirt. in Bailey 1899a, p. 39

enti subrepleta (Stirt. in Bailey) Zahlbr]

‘Queensland, Jimbour, F. M. Bailey, June 1895, no. 11. Rec. June 1897’ GLAM (here

decignated LECTOT YPE).

Lecidea vinicolor Stirt. in Bailey 1889b p. 487

[Bacidia vinicolor (Stirt. in Bailey) Zahlbr,]

Type: ‘Queensland, F. M. Bailey’ BM (here selected as LECTOTYPE).

Miltidea consanguinea Stirt. 1898 p. 385

[Biatorella consanguinea (Stirt,) Zahlbr.]

Type: Australia, Hugh Paton. No collection found. The description suggests that this may have

been a species of Candelariella.

506

Opergrapha intrusa Stirt. 1880 p. 73

Type: Batley 125 ex parte, Brisbane. No collections located.

Pannaria elatior Stirt. in Bailey 1889b p. 486

Types: Strathbrook, near Warwick (Gwyther), Killarney (Bailey). No collections located.

Pannaria terrestris Stirt. in Bailey 1899 p, 486

Type: ‘Near Warwick. F. M. Bailey no. 444’ BM (nominated here as LECTOTYPE),

Parmelia ablata Stirt. in Bailey 1899 p. 40

An invalid name, published without a description or diagnosis.

Parmelia amplexula Stirt. 1880 p. 69

[Parmelia scabrosa Tayl. (fide M. E. Hale 1965)|

Types: ‘Queensland, nr. Brisbane F. M. Bailey 262° BM (HOLOTYPE), BRI (ISOTYPE).

Parmelia angustata var. isidiella Stirt. 1899 p. 81

[Anzia angustata var. isidiella (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘New South Wales, Tilba Tilba, Mrs. Reader’ GLAM (here selected as LECTOTYPE).

Parmelia brisbanensis Stirt. 1881 p

[Parmelia sulphurata Nees ex F ae (Hale 1965)]

Types: ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey no, 228’ GLAM (HOLOTYPE), BRI (ISOTYPE). A

nolicction in BM without a number may also be an Isotype.

Parmelia confertula Stirt. 1889 p. 77

[Parmelia rutidota Hook f. ex Tayl. (Hale 1976}]

Type: ‘F. M. Bailey, 20. Darling Downs’ BM (LECTOTYPE).

Parmelia cyathina Stirt. 1877-78 p. 252

[Parmelia subrugata Kremp. (Hale 1965)

Types: ‘Queensland, nr. Brisbane F, M. Bailey no. 3’ GLAM (here selected as LECTOTYPE). A

specimen in BM is probably a fragment of the lectotype. The GLAM collection is more heavily

annotated by Stirton then that in BM.

Parmelia erubescens Stirt. 1877-78 p, 201

[Parmelia subcaperata Kremp. (Hale 1965)]

Type: ‘Queensland, nr. Brisbane, F. M. Bailey no, 11’ BM (here selected as LECTOTYPE).

Parmelia euplecta Stirt. 1877/78 p. 299

[Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach. (Hale 1976)]

Type: ‘Queensland, near Brisbane. F. M. Bailey No. 108’ BM (here selected as LECTOTYPE),

Parmelia exoriens Stirt. 1899 p. 76

[Parmelia texana Tuck (Hale 1976)]

Types: ‘Brisbane, F. M. Bailey’ BM (LECTOTYPE); ‘Brisbane, F. M. Bailey no. 215’ GLAM

(ISOLECTOTYPE); ‘Kirton, Illawarra’ BM, GLAM (SYNTYPES). Lectotype selected by Hale

1976.

Parmelia hypoxantha Stirt. in Bailey 1899 p. 76 {non P. hypoxantha Miill.Arg)

[Parmelia heterochroa (Hale & Kurokawa 1974)]

Type: ‘Warwick, Queensland, Australia. Gwyther’. BM (here selected as LECTOTYPE).

Parmelia nitescens Stirt. 1877/78 p. 299

[Cetrelia olivetorum (Nyl.) Culb, et Culb. (Hale 1965)]

Type: ‘Queensland, near Brisbane F, M. Bailey no. 10’ BM (here selected as LECTOTYPE).

Parmelia obversa Stirt. 1899 p. 76

[Parmelia ferax Miull.Arg. (Hale 1976)]

Types: ‘Australia, Riverina, N.S.W.: Hugh Paton’ GLAM (LECTOTYPE), BM (SOLECTO-

TYPE). Lectotype selected by Hale 1976,

Parmelia permutata Stirt. 1877/78 p, 252

Types: ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey no. 25° GLAM (here selected as LECTOTYPE).

‘Brisbane River F, M, Bailey no. 25° BM (ISOLECTOTYPE). Hale (1965) indicated that the BM

collection was Holotype and the GLAM specimen was Isotype. He annotated the specimens

(GLAM 1959, BM 1963) the other way around. I have chosen to select the large GLAM

sbeaet as Lectotype rather than the small BM specimen. Neither can be properly identified as

Holotype.

Parmelia platycarpa Stirt. 1877/78 p, 252

Types: ‘Queensland, near Brisbane, F. M. Bailey’ GLAM (here selected as LECTOTYPE);

‘Queensland near Brisbane’ BM (ISOLECTOTYPE); Hale (1965) saw only the very poor BM

507

specimen. and treated it as Holotype of a nominiuimn inquirendum. The GLAM material is quite

copious, and therefore preferred as Lectotype.

Parmelia tiliacea var. affixa Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 485.

Type: Queensland.

No specimen has been located.

Parmelia redacta Stirt. 1899 p. 76

Types: New South Wales, Illawarra, Mr. Kirton 1882’ GLAM (here selected as LECTOTYPE);

BM (ISOLECTOTYPE). The GLAM collection is Dirinaria applanata (Fee) Awasthi. The BM

collection includes some Anapiychia as well as Dirinaria.

Parmelia reparata Stitt. 1877/78 p. 201

Types: ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey 16a’ GLAM (HOLOTYPE) ‘Gowrie mts. Brisbane F.

M. Bailey 16° BM (SYNTYPE) Hale 1965 nominated the poor BM collection as Lectotype. The

copious GLAM collection, however, bears the annotation TYPE amongst Stirton annotations,

and can threfore be taken as the Holotype.

Parmeltia subbrunea Stirt. 1899 p. 80

Type: Grampian Mountains, Aastval Sullivan.

No material has been located,

Parmelia yiolascens Stirt. 1899 p. 77

Types: ‘Australia, Grampians, Mrs, Sullivan no, 36° GLAM (here selected as LECTOTYPE);

BM (ISOLECTOTYPE). Possibly Parmelia scabrosa Tayl. (Fide M. E. Hale 1963), The GLAM

collection is more copious than that in BM.

Parmosticta purpurascens Stitt. 1899 p, 71

[Sticta purpurascens (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Australia, Blue Mts. Herb. Baron von Mueller’ BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE). This

material is a species of PseudocyphelHaria.

Parmosticta rubrina Stirt. 1880 p. 69

LSticta rubrina (Stirt.) Mull. Arg.]

Type: ‘F. M. Bailey, Brisbane no. 11’. BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE); BRI

(ISOLECTOTYPE). The BM material is fully annotated by Stirton. The collection is a species of

Pseudocyphellaria.

Physcia excelsior Stirt. in Bailey 1899a p, 40

[Teloschistes excelsior (Stirton) Lamb]

Types: ‘Australia, New South Wales, Riverina H. Paton 1875’. GLAM (HOLOTYPE), BM

(ISOTYPE). A Stirton note on the GLAM collection indicates the published description was

based on that collection. The collection is apparently Teloschistes sieberianus (Laur,) Hillman,

Physica laciniatula Stitt. 1899 p. 82

Type: ‘Supra muscos, [lawarra, N.S.W., Kirton’. No specimen found.

Physcia sublurida Stirt. 1880 p. 69

Types: ‘Queensland, F. M. Bailey on Rosewood scrub’. BM (2 collections), BRI (All syntypes,

one to be selected as LECTOTYPE).

Placodium clavigerum Stirt. in Bailey 1899b p. 487

[Caloplaca clavigera (Stirt. in Bailey) Zahlbr.]

Type: No location or collector designated. No material located.

Plagiothelium australiense Stirt, 1880 p. 75

[Parmentaria australiensis (Stirt.) Mull.Arg.]

‘Types: ‘Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey no. 58’ GLAM (here designated LECTOTYPE), BM

(ISOLECTOTYPE). The GLAM collection is copious and heavily annotated by Stirton.

Psoroma dispersum Stirt. 1880 p. 76

Type: ‘Australia, Gippsland. Hugh Paton’ BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE).

Pyxine obscurtor Stirt. in Bailey 1880 p

Type: Corticola, near Brisbane. Batley 235. BM (HOLOTYPE). This is possibly a species of

Bueltia.

Pyxine rugulosa Stirt. 1898 p. 396

Types: ‘Queensland, vicinity of Jimbour, F. M. Bailey’, BM (HOLOTYPE).

Pyxine subcinerea Stirt. 1898 p, 397

Types: Queensland, F. M. Bailey. BM (HOLOTYPE).

508

Pyxine subvelata Stirt. 1898 p. 396

Types: ‘Queensland, Jimbour F. M. Bailey no. 32, June 1897’. GLAM (selected here as

LECTOTYPE), BM (ISOLECTOTYPE).

Ramatina exiguella Stirt. 1880 p. 68

Type: ‘Bark, Brisbane. Bailey a BRI (HOLOTYPE)

Ramatina perpusilla Stirt, 1880 p. 68

Type: ‘Bark, near Brisbane River. Bailey 113°’. BRI (HOLOTYPE).

Sticta parvula Stirt. 1899 p. 73

Types: Queensland, C. de Burgh, and Lachlan River (ex Herb. F. von Miiller). No type material

has been located.

Stictina diversa Stirt. 1899 p. 75

[Sticta diversa (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Queensland, F. M. Bailey 140’ BM (here selected as LECTOTYPE).

Stictina luridoviolacea Stirt. 1899 p. 73

[Sticta luridoviolacea (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Australia, Snowy Creek, Ovens River (Victoria) Mrs. McCann 1881° BM (here selected as

LECTOTYPE).

The collection is a species of Pseudocyphellaria.

Stictina rutilans Stirt. 1880 p. 68

pide rutilans sare ) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Queensland, F. M. Bailey, Brisbane’ BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE).

Stictina subcrocea Stirt. 1899 p. 74

[Sticta subcrocea (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

‘Type: ‘Queensland, Brisbane. F. M. Bailey no. 134’ BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE). The

collection is possibly a species of Pseudocyphellaria.

Stictina suberecta Stirt. 1899 p. 73

[Sticta suberecta (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Brisbane, Queensland F. M. Bailey no. 152’ BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE).

Strigula elatior Stirt. 1880 p. 75

[Strigula elegans (Fee) Miill.Arg. (Santesson 1952)]

Type: Queensland, Brisbane, F. M. Bailey no. 96. On leaves of Phyllanthus ferdinandi. BM

(HOLOTYPE).

Trichocladia baileyi Stirt. 1882 pl.

{Heterodea muelleri (Hampe) Nyl. (Filson 1978)]

Type: ‘Prope Brisbane Bailey 288’ BRI (HOLOTYPE).

Trypethelium exiguellum Stirt. ex Bailey 1899a, p. 40

Type: ‘Queensland, Thursday Island. F. M. Bailey June 1897’. BM (here selected as

LECTOTYPE).

Usnea consimilis Stirt. 1882 p. 295

[Usnea scabrida Tayl. (Motyka 1936-38)]

Types: ‘Australia, Revd. M. L. Anderson recd. 15 Sept. 1870’ BM (here selected as

LECTOTYPE) GLAM (ISOLECTOTYPE). The GLAM collection, while heavily annotated is

very poor and a mixture of different species.

Usnea elegans Stirt. 1880 p. 68

[Usnea scabrida Tayl. (Motyka 1936~38)]

Types: ‘Queensland, Gowrie Mts. near Brisbane Mr. Bailey no. 13’ GLAM (here selected as

LECTOTYPE), BM (ISOLECTOTYPE), BRI (ISOLECTOTYPE). The GLAM collection is

adequate and heavily annotated by Stirton,

Usnea himanthodes Stirt. 1883b p. 75

Type: ‘Australia, N.S.W., Illawarra; Kirton. rec. 11 Sept. 1882’ GLAM (here selected as

LECTOTYPE), BM (ISOLECTOTYPE). The GLAM material is copious and heavily annotated.

Usnea luridorufa subsp. pallida Stirt. 1883a p, 295

Type: ‘Australia, upper Hunter River. Miss Carter. New South Wales ex Hb. Baron F. von

Miiller. no. 8’ GLAM (HOLOTYPE). BM (ISOTYPE). The GLAM collection is heavily

annotated and labelled ‘Type’ by Stirton Apparently identical with Usnea ramulosissima Stevens

& Rogers.

509

Usnea molliuscula Stirt. 1883b p. 77

Types: ‘Australia (Victoria) Mrs. McCann. Subalpine country in the Upper Ovens R. Rec. 23rd

May 1882 no. 1°. GLAM (selected here as LECTOTYPE) BM (ISOLECTOTYPE). The GLAM

collection annotated by Stirton.

Usnea chaetophora subsp. propinqua Stirt. 1883b p. 76

[Usnea propinqua (Stirt.) Zahlbr,]

Types: ‘Australia, Victoria, Waterloo, Gippsland. H. Paton’ GLAM (here selected as

LECTOTYPE), BM (ISOLECTOTYPE). The GLAM collection is heavily annotated by Stirton.

Usnea rubescens Stirt. 1883b p. 76

[Usnea rubicunda Stirt. James 1979)]

Type: ‘Australia, New South Wales, Illawarra Mr. Kirton. Rec. 14 Sept. 1882, on rocks’ BM

(LECTOTYPE selected James 1979), (GLAM ISOLECTOTYPE.)

Usnea subsordida var. tenebrosa Stirt. 1898a p. 389

Type: Vicinity of Brisbane, F. M. Bailey. No collection has been located.

Usnea undulata Stirt. 1883b p.75 non U. undulata Stirt. 1881 p. 104

[Usnea torquescens Stirt. 1898a p. 391]

Type: ‘Australia, New South Wales, Hlawarra on Rocks. Bulli. Rec. 14th Sept. 1882’. BM

(selected here as LECTOTYPE).

Verrucaria analtiza Stirt. 1876A p. 95

[Microthelia analtiza (Stirt.) Zahlbr,]

Type: ‘New South Wales, Riverina, Hugh Paton’ GLAM.

Verrucaria circumrubens var. rubrotecta Stitt..1880 p. 74

[Pyrenula circumrubens var, rubrotecta (Stirt.) Shirley]

Verrucaria coarctata Stirt. ex Bailey 1899a p. 40

[Polyblastiopsis coarctata (Stirt.) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Jimbour, Queensland F, M. Bailey 1895’ BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE), Bailey’s

introduction suggests Gwyther collected this specimen.

Verrucaria fibrata Stirt. ex Bailey 1899b p. 488

[Pyrenula fibrata (Stirt. ex Bailey) Zahlbr.]

Type: ‘Queensland, Warwick, F. M. Bailey Rec. Jan. 1899’ BM (selected here as LECTOTYPE).

It is likely that this Warwick material was actually collected by Gwyther.

Verrucaria flaventior Stirt. 1881 p. 74

iPyrenula mastophora (Nyl.) Miill. Arg. (Weber & Wetmore 1972)]

Type: No collector or location indicated. No collection has been located.

Verrucaria obovata Stirt. 1880 p. 74

[Microthelia obovata (Stirt.) Miill.Arg.]

Type: ‘Brisbane, F. M. Bailey n.125’ BM. No collection has been located.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am grateful to the staff of the British Museum (Natural History), The

Glasgow Museum and Art Gallery, and the Queensland Herbarium for their

assistance during this study.

Bailey, F. M. (1899a). Contribution to the flora of Queensland. Lichens. Gd agric. J. 5, 37-41.

Bailey, F. M. (1899b). Contributions to the flora of Queensland. Order Lichenes, Qd agric. J. 5,

484-488.

Filson, R. B. (1978). A revision of the genus Heterodea Nyl. Lichenologist 10, 13-25.

Hale, M. E. (1965). A monograph of Parmelia subgenus Amphigymnia. Contr. U.S. natn. Herb.

36(5), 193-358.

Hale, M. E. (1976). A monograph of the Lichen genus Pseudoparmelia Lynge (Parmeliaceae).

Smithson. Contr. Bot. 31, 1-62.

510

Hale, M. E. & Kurokawa, S. (1964). Studies on Parmelia subgenus Parmelia. Contr. U.S. natal.

Herb. 36(4), 121-191.

James, P. (1979). Notes on Usnea rubiginea and U. rubicunda. Lichenologist 11, 322-323.

Motyka, J. (1936-1938). Lichenum generis Usnea studium monographicum Leopoldi. Pars

systematica, Motyka, Leipzig.

Santesson, R, (1952). Foliicolous Lichens I. A revision of the obligately folticolous lichenized fungi.

Symb. Bot. upsal. 12(1), 1-590.

Stirton, J. (1876a). Lichens British and Foreign. Trans. Glasgow Soe, Fid. nat. 4, 85-95.

Stirton, J. (1876b). Foreign Lichens. Tr. Glasgow Soc. Fid. nat. 4, 165-168.

Stirton, J. (1877-78). On certain lichens belonging to the genus Parmelia. Scott. nat. 4, 252-254.

Stirton, J. (£880). Additions to the lichen flora of Queensland. Prec. Roy. Soc. Vict. 17, 66-78.

Stirton, J. (1881). On the genus Usnea, and another (Eumitria) allied to it. Scott. nat. 6, 99-109.

Stirton, J. (1882). A New Genus of Lichens. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 18, 1-2.

Stirton, J. (1883a). Notes on the genus Usnea, with descriptions of new species. Scott. nat. 6,

292-297,

Stirton, J. (18836). Notes on the genus Usnea with descriptions of new species. Scott. Nat. 7, 74-79.

Stirton, J. (1888). Lichens. Scott. nat. N.S. 3, 307-308.

Stirton, J. (1889). On new lichens from Australia and New Zealand. 7r. & Pr. N.Z. Institute. 32,

70-82.

Stirton, J. (1898a). On new Australian and New Zealand Lichens. Jrans. Proc. N.Z. Inst. 30,

Stirton, J. (1898b). A New Classification of the genus Pyxine. Trans. Proc. N.Z. Inst. 30, 393-398.

Swinscow, T. D. V. & Krog, H. (1974). Usnea subg. Eumitria in East Africa. Norw. J. Bot.

21:165-185.

Weber, W. A. & Wetmore, C. M. (1972). Catalogue of the Lichens of Australia exclusive of

Tasmania, Beih. Nova hedwigia 41, 1-137.

5il

Austrobaileya 1(5) $11-520 (1982)

SOME NEW AND NOTEWORTHY RECORDS OF MOSSES

MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND, AUSTRALIA.

By ILMA G. STONE

Botany School, University of Melbourne

The moss records listed herein are based mainly on collections made during

trips to Queensland in 1969, 1975 and 1978-80 but do not represent a

complete list of new mosses found, In addition to the Queensland records there

are eight from the Northern Territory, five from the Kimberley area of

Western Australia, three from Victoria and one from South Australia.

Unless specifically mentioned, the records have not been published

previously as far as I have been able to ascertain. Newly published records for

Queensland are marked with an asterisk*. Both the family order and the

assignment of genera to families follow those given by Crosby & Magill (1977),

and genera are arranged alphabetically in their respective families.

All collecting trips were made with the assistance of my husband Alan

Stone. Collections from South Bald Rock, Girraween National Park, east of

Wyberba, Queensland, near the N.S.W. border were made in the company of

Ranger Paul Grimshaw and his wife Leanne; those from the Shire of Cardwell

with Arthur and Margaret Thorsborne. Others who assisted are mentioned

individually with the appropriate citations.

Although most of the new additions to the Queensland flora do not

represent unexpected range extensions, among them are some rare and

interesting mosses including Diphyscium, Buxbaumia (including one new

species), Tristichella n.sp., Forsstroemia rigida and Pseudohypnella verrucosa.

New records for the southern Queensland National Parks, Guirraween,

Lamington and Bunya Mountains have been previously recorded from states

to the south of Queensland, whereas new records for areas north of the Tropic

of Capricorn consist mostly of mosses already recorded from Indonesia, New

Guinea, the Philippines, Malaysia and New Caledonia, and some which are

much more widespread. Some of the earth mosses found in coastal areas

between Ingham and Cooktown were already known from New Caledonia (e.g.

Phasconica, Trachycarpidium and Archidium ohioense), while the moss flora

of the drier deciduous scrub country of Chillagoe and Mungana c. 240 km

west of Cairns, over the Great Dividing Range, shows an interesting affinity

with the flora to the west including Mt Olga Gorge and particularly that of the

north-west Kimberley area of Western Australia. Practically all the mosses so

far found in the Kimberley area occur at Chillagoe e.g. Erpodium,

al and Hyophila, as well as further west in parts of India and ~

rica,

The daylight caves in the limestone towers at Chillagoe provide a

different, more protected climate and Thuidium furfurosum (Hook. f. & Wils.)

Reichdt. which is widespread in the southern hemishpere covers extensive

areas of the limestone floors. An investigation of the interesting moss flora in

the caves has not been completed.

* Fissidens leptocladus, Echinodium hispidum and Achrophyllum dentatum have recently been

recorded from Queensland by Streimann and Tovio in /. Hattori Bot. Lab. 49:261-271 (Jan. 1981).

512

Three of the generic records for South Bald Rock, Girraween National

Park, are of particular interest. These mosses, Andreaea, Rhacocarpus and

Rhacomitrium are found in montane regions in the states to the south of

Queensland and find a suitable habitat at South Bald Rock which is an

adamellite (granitic) outcrop, altitude c. 1200m, with very low winter

temperatures,

ANDREAEACAE

*Andreaea mutabilis Hook. f. & Wills.: South Bald Rock, Girraween N.P.,

Qld, on rock (I.G.S. 13509, May 1978). Vitt (1980) has shown that this

ecostate species is distinct from <A. rupestris Hedw. with which it has been

combined, and it is doubtful if A. rupestris occurs in Australia. A new generic

record for Qld.

FISSIDENTACEAE

*Fissidens leptocladus C. Muell. ex Rodway: South Bald Rock, Girraween

N.P., Qld, on soil in sheltered rock crevices (1.G.S. 13480, May 1978); Bunya

Mis N.P., Qld (.G.S. 13395, May 1978).

NANOBRYACEAE

*Nanobryum thorsbornei Stone: Recently described by Stone (1982b) this

interesting new generic record for Australia has been found at various localities in

Queensland, ranging from Cooktown to Kondalilla Falls N.P. The only other

species is endemic to Africa and the genus appears to be close to Fissidens.

ARCHIDIACEAE

*Archidium ? ohioense Schimp. ex C. Muell.: Mcilwraith Range, Cape York

Penn., Qld, on soil in stream bed (coll. J. Clarkson 2602, Sept 1979, det I.G.S.);

Five Mile Creek, Cardwell, Qld, on earth bank (I.G.S. 16288, August oe

Edmund Kennedy N.P., Cardwell, on earth bank by stream (1.G.S. 16954,

Sept. 1980). Unfortunately all specimens are without capsules but vegetatively

fall within the range of variation given by Snider (1975) for the polymorphic A

ohioense. The perichaetial leaves are shorter than in typical material but this

could be accounted for by immaturity. This species has not previously been

recorded for Australia but has a very wide range including New Caledonia.

Archidium rothii Watts ex Roth: Chillagoe and Mungana Caves N.P., Qld, on

earth in crevices of limestone rock (I.G.S. 15935, August 1979; LG. S. 16741,

August 1980), The type description (Roth 1914) which was made from a

specimen from the Brisbane herbarium gives no specific locality but ‘known

only from Queensland’. The holotype has not been traced but Snider (1975), in

his monograph of the genus, examined an isotype from S—PA and the locality

given was Queensland, Alice Springs. The only known Alice Springs is in the

Northern Territory but there are at least two Alice Rivers in Queensland. Both

Prof. D. G. Catcheside (1980) and I have found A. rothii at Mt Olga Gorge,

N.T. (D.G.C. 76,312, Sept 1976; 1.G.S. 5150, June 1977). As the original

locality is somewhat in doubt I have included the recent collections in this list.

Known only from Australia.

Archidium ‘tatei’ an undescribed species from the Mitten herbarium, New

York, collected at Adelaide River N.T., no doubt by Tate, is according to

Snider (pers. comm.) close to A. indicum "Hampe & C. Muell. in C. Muell. but

specimens are sterile and identification must remain in doubt. The same taxon

has been found at Prince Regent River Reserve, West Kimberley, W.A. (coll.

K. F. Kenneally 2000, August 1974, det. LG.S. verified J. A. Snider) and at

Drysdale River N.P., W.A, by the same collector. Also at Katherine Gorge,

N.T. on soil between rocks on river bank (LG.S. 16224, July 1980).

513

All these Archidium species are perennial earth binding mosses forming

firm mats, the lower parts of which consist of dead stems and leaves compacted

with soil, the upper of new growth. They are mostly found on banks and in

dry stream beds between rocks and tree roots where there is intermittent

inundation with water.

VIRIDIVELLERACEAE

Viridivellus pulchellum Stone: Recently described (Stone 1976) this remarkable

genus is so far endemic to Queensland.

DICRANACEAE

Bruchia queenslandica Stone: A recently described species (Stone 1977) so far

found only near Finch Hatton Gorge and Carnarvon Gorge, Qld

Leucobryum ? candidum var. pentastichum (Doz. & Molk.) Drtx.: Oenpelli,

Arnhem Land, N.T., in rainforest, co//. by National Parks officers, det. I.GS.

(I.G.S. 16241, July 1980).

Leucobryum ? teysmannianum Doz. & Molk.. Locality, etc. as for previous

specimen (I.G.S. 16238, July 1980).

The determination of these species of a notoriously difficult genus are

somewhat doubtful, but the genus Leucobryum has not previously been

recorded for the Northern Territory.

Dicranella howei Ren. & Card.: Montrose, near Melbourne, Vic., on

compacted earth bank in native plant nursery. The tiny fertile plants ‘were

mixed with and superficially similar to issidens particularly in their capsules

(I.G.S. 11898 Sept. 1976). This moss is an introduction to Australia unless

previously overlooked. It has an interesting distribution, occurring in_ the

Mediterranean region, California and Washington, U.S.A. (Crundwell &

Nyholm 1977);

Trematodon longicollis Michx.: Montrose, near Melbourne, Vic., on gravelly

soil in nursery pots (LG.S. 11896, Sept 1976). An introduction either from

overseas or possibly from northern states, It is widely distributed in Europe,

Asia, America and Oceania.

CALYMPERACEAE

amineres moluccense Schwaegr.: Berry Springs N.P., 64 km S. of Darwin,

, on papery bark on Melaleuca beside water, (1.G.S. 81 5, August 1968).

Cilio tees tenerum C, Muell. var. edamense Fleisch. Berry Springs, N.T., on

branches and trunks of trees near information centre (I.G.S. 16231, July 1980);

and on track to lagoon, in company with Ranger D. Rice (I.G.S. 16232, July

1980

Syrrhopodon sp.: Oenpelli, Arnhem Land, N.T., mixed with Fissidens sp. on

humus, kindly coll. by park officers from Kakadu N.P. (det. LG.S, 16242B,

July 1980). The species has not been determined and more material is needed

for a proper evaluation.

There appear to be no previously published records of Calymperaceae for

the Northern Territory.

POTTIACEAE

*Acaulon intergrifolium C. Muell.: Girraween N.P., Qld, on bare earth in

camping area (1.G.S. 13421, May 1978). Scott & Stone (1976) queried the

occurrence of this species in Queensland. The specimen is immature and the

species determination may not be correct.

$14

Acaulon meditteraneum Limpr.: has recently been found to occur in Victoria

at Rosanna, a Melbourne suburb, on a patch of bare earth in lawn (I.G.S.

1717, July 1969). Echuca, on Murray River flats (1.G.S. 14587, June 1979);

Koondrook, on Murray River (A. C. Beauglehole 57192, Sept 1960 (MEL), as

A, integr ifolium) det. \.G.S., June 1980; and in South Australia at haa S

Crossing near the Victorian border (A.C, B. 16227, July 1966 (MEL), as

integrifolium) det. I.G.S. June 1980. This species is mainly distinguished by Ae

spiky nature of the spore coat and very immature specimens would be difficult

to separate from A. integrifolium.

*Barbula indica (Hook.) Spreng. in Steud. (syn. Semibarbula orientalis (Web.)

Wijk & Marg.): Lawn Hill Creek, 250 km NNW of Mt Isa, Qld, in cracks on

cliff above high water mark (co//. T. Farrell 946, August 1979 (BRI)) det. IGS.

Lime encrusted but readily recognised by the coarsely papillose abaxial surface

of the costa and numerous axillary gemmae; Spring Ck, Mungana, Qld on

creek bank (LG.S. 11676, August 1980). This polymorphic species 1S

widespread in Africa, India, south east Asia, Oceania and America in tropics

and warm temperate regions, but not previously recorded for Australia.

Hyophila involuta (Hook.) Jaeg.: Berry Springs, N.T., on rock in drain (1.G.S

16230B, July 1980); Camp Ck., Mitchell Plateau, NW Kimberley, W.A. (IGS.

5380B, coll K. Clayton- Greene Sept 1978). A widespread species, new to N.T

and W.A,

Hyophila rosea Williams: Drysdale River N.P., E Kimberley, W.A. (col/. K.

Kenneally 4419 August 1976, (PERTH) det. LG.S.; Windjana Gorge, W

Kimberley, W.A. (co/l. J. H. Willis s.n., July 1974, det. I.G.S.). Not previously

recorded in Australia. There is some doubt about the determination as the

specimens are sterile. |

*Leptodontium viticulosoides (P. Beauv.) Wijk & Marg.: About 20 km E of

Killarney, Qld, on rock adjoining border fence with N.S.W. (LG.S. 13185, May

1978); Mt Kiangarow, Bunya Mts N.P. Qld, on trunk of large Yanthorrhoea,

coll. in company with N. Ludke (I.G.S, 13334, May 1978), det. LG.S, conf. R,

H. Zander.

Phasconica balansae C. Muell.: Previously found only in New Caledonia this

species was recently recorded from Ingham, Qld (Stone 1980b) and is abundant

at Five Mile Creek, Cardwell, Qld, on bare earth near track (1.G.S. 16298,

August 1980) and Conn Ck., Cardwell, on track (I.G.S. 16333, August 1980).

Splachnobryum baileyi Broth.: Berry Springs N.T., on dried crust of soil and

algae on rock in drain (.G.S. 16333, July 1980). New to the Northern

Territory; the only previous record of this moss apears to be from Brisbane,

Qld, on walls of a hothouse, Acclimatisation Society Gardens in 1888.

Tortula pagorum (Mild.) De Not.: Albert Street, Brisbane, Qld on trunks of

street trees (Bauhinia) and in Botanic Gardens (GS. 17598, May 1978);

Canungra, Qld on street trees (Clnnamomum) (1.G.S. 17598, Sept 1980).

recently recorded (Stone 1980a) for Queensland but no specimens cited.

Tortula papillosa Wils. in Spruc.: Found with 7. pagorum on tree trunks in

Brisbane, also at Mt Kiangarow, Bunya Mts N.P., Qld, on branch of Acacia

(.GS, 13324, May 1978) and on bark of trees in Ravensbourne N.P., Qld

H a a 13233, May 1978). Queried as a Queensland record in Scott & Stone

515

Tortula_rhizophylla (Sak.) Iwats. & Saito: Recorded by Stone (1980a) from

several localities in Queensland. This moss has a peculiar disjunct distribution

and will probably eventually be found to be very widespread.

Trachycarpidium brisbanicum (C. Muell.) Stone: This moss is found in

southern Queensland and northern N.S.W. and was recently discussed by Stone

(1975, 1980b). Its range has been extended to north Queensland at Kirrama,

Saba bare earth of timber tracks in tropical rain forest (1.G.S. 16968,

ept 1980).

Trachycarpidium sp.: Helenvale, near Cooktown, Qld, on earth bank (1.G.S.

15817, August 1979), Probably a variety of T. verrucosum (Besch.) Broth.,

which is a New Caledonian moss. Recorded by Stone (1980b).

GRIMMIACEAE

Rhacomitrium crispulum (Hook. f. & Wils.)Dix.: South Bald Rock, Girraween

N.P., Qld, on rock .G.S, 13543, May 1978). A range extension from the

southern states.

EPHEMERACEAE

Ephemerum cristatum Hook. f. & Wils.: Rabbit Flat, Tanami track N.T., at

edge of lagoon in shade of shrubs (1.G.S. 16220, July 1980). Previously

recorded for all other Australian states.

BRYACEAE

*Brachymentum nepalense Hook. in Schwaegr.. Mt Fisher, Atherton

Tableland, Qld, on rotting log 0.G.S. 15718, August 1979).

Leptostomum macrocarpum (Hedw.) Pyl.: Mt Kiangarow, Bunya Mts N.P.,

Qld, on trunk of Xanthorrhoea (1.G.S. 17500, Sept 1980). Readily

distinguished from other Australian species by the branched hair points and

unthickened lamina cells. Recorded by Watts & Whitelegge (1906) for

Tasmania, N.S.W. and Queensland with a note that the records are doubtful.

An examination of L. macrocarpum specimens in the British Museum revealed

only two tiny pieces that were true L. macrocarpum purporting to come from

mainland Australia. They were on a sheet from Herb, Hooker 1867 from Kew

Gardens with seven specimens from New Zealand, and labelled H. 2444 from

King Georges Sound and H. 2445 from N. Holland with no other information

about locality. It is probable that they are N.Z. material which was thought to

have come from Australia, and King George Sound is a very unlikely locality

as no Leptostomum has been recorded from W.A. W. W. Watts specimen from

ote Hone Is. is authentic . macrocarpum and the species also occurs on

orfolk Is.

RHIZOGONIACEAE

*Hymenodon pilifer Hook. f. & Wils.: Lamington N.P., Qid, on treefern trunk

(I.G.S. 4226, August 1969). A range extension from southern states.

Mesochaete taxiforme (Hampe) Watts & Whitelegge considered by Brotherus

(1904) to be the same as M. undulata Lindb has recently been shown to be a good

taxon with M. grandiretis Dix. conspecific (Stone 1983a). It has been found from

Windsor Tableland south to Maleny, Qld. | |

516

BARTRAMIACEAE

Bartramia papillata Hook. f. & Wils.: South Bald Rock, Girraween N.P., Qld,

on earth in rock crevices (I1.G.S. 13514, May 1978). Listed for Qld by Forsyth

(1900) but omitted by Scott & Stone (1976).

*Breutelia affinis (Hook.) Mitt.: South Bald Rock, Girraween N.P., Qld, on

earth in rock crevices (I.G.S. 13441, May 1978).

ERPODIACEAE

*Frpodium australiense Stone: This recently described species (Stone 1982a) is a

new generic record for Australia and occurs on trunks and branches of Bauhinia

hookeri in deciduous scrub at Chillagoe and Mungana N.P., Qld and in the

gorges of West Kimberley district in Western Australia.

ORTHOTRICHACEAE

*Orthotrichum tasmanicum Hook. f. & Wils.: Mt Elliot N.P., Qld, (.G.S.

18487, May 1978).

*Zygodon intermedius B.S.G.: Killarney, Qld, (I.G.S. 14610, July 1979). These

two species are common in southern states and Orthotrichum is possibly a recent

introduction in north Queensland.

HEDWIGIACEAE

*Hedwigia integrifolia P. Beauv. (syn. Hedwigidium integrifolium (P. Beauv.)

Dix.): South Bald Rock, Girraween N.P. Qld, on rock (LG.S. 13449, May

1978).

*Rhacocarpus purpurascens (Brid.) Par.: Same locality, on wet rock in large

crevice (I.G.S. 13442, May 1978). Previously recorded from southern states,

New Zealand, Africa and America.

CRY PHAEACEAE

*Forsstroemia rigida Dix.: Windsor Tableland, W of Daintree, Qld, in

rainforest (1.G.S. 16137, August 1979). A large frondose moss on trunks of

trees and large buttress roots; apparently very rare, previously recorded only

from New Guinea.

METEORIACEAE

*Papillaria flavolimbata (C. Muell. & Hampe) Jaeg.: South Bald Rock,

Girraween N.P., Qld, on rock (I1.G.S. 13518); Bunya Mts N.P., Qld, on rock

scree coll. in company with N. Ludke (.G.S. 13416, May 1978).

NECKERACEAE

Leptodon smithii (Hedw.) Web. & Mohr.: Mt Kiangarow, Bunya Mts N.P.,

Qld, alt. c. 1100m, on tree branches (I.G.S. 13174, May 1978). Recorded by

Scott & Stone (1976) for Queensland but without locality.

Pinnatella sp.. Mungana, c. 250 km W of Cairns, Qld, on limestone in daylight

cave in company with L. Leafe (I.G.S. 16733, August 1980). A large moss with

erect frondose branches, the leaves with an intramarginal border similar to that

of P. alopecuriodes (Hook.) Fleisch. and P. intralimbata Fleisch.

517

Thamnobryum ellipticum (Bosch & Lac.) Nog. & Iwats.: Crystal Cascades,

Cairns, Qld, on rock in rainforest (I1.G.S. 15351, July 1979). Previously

recorded from the islands to the north of Australia and Oceania.

Thamnobryum pandum (Hook. f. & Wils.) Stone & Scott: Bunya Mts N.P.,

Qld, on rock (I.G.S. 4576, August 1969); Kondalilla Falls, Blackall Range,

Qld, on rock (1.G.S. 4662, "August 1969); Bunyip Falls, Lamington N.P., Qld

on rock ([.G.S. 4447, August 1969); Eungella N.P., Qld, (.G.S. 17144, Sept

1980). Recorded by Scott & Stone (1976) for Queensland but without localities.

*Thamnobryum pumilum (Hook. f. & Wils.) Nieuwl.: Tim Shea Falls, Bunya

Mts N.P., Qld, on rock (1.G.S. 17490, Sept 1980).

LEMBOPHYLLACEAE

*Camptochaete leichhardtii (Jaeg.) Broth.: Staircase Falls, Laminton N.P., Qld,

epiphytic on twigs (1.G.S. 14003, Oct 1976); Blue Pool, same locality,

collected in company with M. Olsen (1.G.S. 17566, Sept 1980). Previously

recorded from N.S.W.

ECHINODIACEAE

*Echinodium hispidum (Hook. F. & Wils.) Jaeg.: Bunyip Falls, Lamington

N. d, in crevices of wet rock (1.G.S, 4452, August 1969); Blue Pool, same

locality, coll. in company with M. Olsen (1.G. S. 17567, Sept 1980).

HOOKERIACEAE

*Achrophyllum dentatum (Hook. f. & Wils.) Vitt. & Crosby: Lamington N.P.,

Qld, on earth in damp gullies (1.G.S. 4227, August 1969); tim Shea Falls,

Bunya Mts N.P., Qld, (.G.S. 17487, Sept 1980); Eungella N.P., Qld (.GS.

17177, Sept 1980). The Queensland specimens appear to fall within the range

of variation shown by this moss in the southern states.

*Calyptrochaeta sp. (syn. C. eriopus): Bellenden-Ker N.P., Qld (.G.S. 16862,

Sept 1980). Differing from other Australian species in cell size and

combination of characters; without capsules but bearing propagules resembling

those of C. remotifolia (Cc Muell.) Tan & Touw, from which it differs in

several features.

Cyathophorum sp.: Bellenden-Ker N.P., Qld, on rocks and trunks of small

trees in gullies below Centre Peak (I.G.S. 15562, August 1979). At first thought

to be a Cyathophorella, and in the absence of capsules a definite decision can

not be made, but there are no gemmae present as is usual for that genus. It is

similar to Cyathophor um bulbosum (Hedw.) C. Muell., the lateral leaves being

practically the same in cell detail, but differs in the narrower amphigastrial

leaves and different perichaetial leaves.

*Ephemeropsis tjibodensis Goeb.: Macnamree N.P., near Innisfail, Qld,

epiphyllous on leaves of Calamus and broad-leaved shrubs (I1.G.S. 15017,

August 1979); Palmerston N.P., Qld (1.G.S. 16146, August 1979). Only male

plants were found but vegetative propagules were numerous. It occurs on the

islands to the north of Auistralia. FE. trentepohlioides (Renn.) Sainsb., the only

other species of this peculiar genus, occurs in New Zealand and Tasmania.

*Hookeriopsis sp.: Eungella N.P., Qld (.G.S, 17122 Sept 1980), a genus new

for Australia but with insufficient material for species identification.

518

*Schizomitrium papillatum (Mont.) Sull. (syn. Callicostella papillata (Mont.)

Mitt.): Palmerston N.P., Qld (.G.S. 15169, August 1979). Possibly recorded

under another epithet.

LESKEACEAE

*Pseudoleskea imbricata (Hook. f. & Wils.) Broth. (syn. Pseudoleskeopsis

imbricata (Hook. f. & Wils.) Ther.: Bunya Mts N.P., on rock (I.G.S. 13396,

May 1978). Not uncommon in the southern states.

THUIDIACEAE

Herpetineuron toccoae (Sull. & Lesq.) Card.: Black Mt Road, N from Kuranda,

Qld, on tree branch overhanging stream and covered with mud from flooding

(L.G.S. 16150, August 1979); Massey Ck. Gorge, McIlwraith Range, Cape York

Peninsula, Qld, mixed with Leucoloma circinatulum Bartr. in extensive mats

on large boulders along stream banks (co//. J. Clarkson 2623B, Sept 1979

(BRI)) det. I.G.S.. Recorded from Queensland by Brotherus & Watts (1918) at

Ravenshoe; the recent collections extend the range north in Queensland.

Widespread in Africa, Asia and Oceania.

ENTODONTACEAE

Trachyphyllum inflexum (Harvey) Gepp: Lone Dingo outcrop, Mitchell

Plateau, NW Kimberley district, W.A., on lateritic and basaltic boulders and

tree trunks in dense semi- -evergreen vine thicket, coll. K. Clayton-Greene, Sept

1978 (det. LG.S. 5383); Camp Ck., same area, on tree trunks (det. LGS.

5380A); Davies Ck. Road, near Mareeba, Qld, on rotting log (1.G.S. 12293,

May 1975); Chillagoe and Mungana Caves N.P., Qld, on trunks of Bauhinia

hookeri (1.G.S. 15929, August 1979). New to W. A., but previously recorded in

Queensland from Thursday Is. and Cape York, the present collections

represent a southerly and westward extension in Australia, A widespread

species in Africa, Asia and Oceania (Buck 1979). Both Trachyphyllum and

Erpodium will no doubt be found in suitable habitats in the Northern.

Territory: | |

SEMATOPHYLLACEAE

*Clastobryum sp. Dallachy Ck., Cardwell, Qld, on rotting logs (1.G.S. 16431,

16445, August 1980). The species has not yet been determined; specimens are

sterile but have the characteristic leaf structure and axillary propagules near

the apices of branches. The genus has not previously been recorded for

Australia but is common in the islands to the north.

*Pseudohypnella verrucosa (Doz. & Molk.) Fleisch.: Eungella N.P., Qld, on

bank of stream in montane rainforest mixed with other mosses (I.G.S. 17120,

Sept 1980). New to Australia this monotypic genus occurs in south east Asia

and the islands to the north of Australia.

Taxithelium nepalense (Schwaegr.) Broth.: Berry Springs N.P., 64km S of

Darwin, N.T., on Melaleuca (1.G.S. 816, August 1968): same locality, on bark,

coll. with D. Rice W.G.8, 16233, July 1980). Apparently the first record of a

pleurocarpous moss for the Northern Territory (Willis 1957). Widespread in

Africa, India, Malaysia, the islands north of Australia and possibly from

Queensland under another epithet.

519

*Tristichella n.sp.: Bellenden-Ker N.P., Qld; common on twigs and branches of

shrubs near Centre Peak (1.G.S. 12123, May 1975; 15567, August 1979). A

distinctive glossy green to golden brown moss with closely set leaves in three

regular ranks, the genus has not previously been recorded for Australia but

occurs in th islands to the north and in Japan.

HYPNACEAE

*Tsopterygium limatum (Hook. f. & Wils.) Broth.: South Bald Rock, Girraween

Ce Nea (I.G.S. 13515, May 1978); Bunya Mts N.P., Qld (1.G.S. 13389, May

BUXBAUMIACEAE

*Diphyscium ? mucronifolium Mitt. in Doz & Molk.: Mossman Gorge N.P.,

5 km from Mossman, Qld, on partly decayed granitic rock beside stream in

tropical rainforest (.G.S. 8830, May 1975); Bellenden-Ker N.P., Qld, on partly

decayed granite rocks in gullies just below Centre Peak in montane rainforest

(I.G.S. 15622 August 1979 coll. A.G.S,; LG.S. 16841, Sept 1980); Eungella

N.P., Qld, on rocks, mostly in intermittent streams without water during dry

season (.G.S. 17025, Sept 1980); Mt Bartle Frere, on granite boulders

bordering stream in montane rainforest just below south summit (coll. M.

Olsen s.n. (BRI), April 1980, det. I.G.S.). Apparently differing from D. rupestre

Doz. & Molk. only in the absence of teeth on the leaf margin. The genus

occurs mostly in the northern hemisphere and has not been previously

recorded for Australia.

*Buxbaumia colyerae Burges: Bellenden-Ker N.P., Qld. Habitat as for

Diphyscium and sometimes on the same rock (I.G.S. 16840, Sept 1980, coil.

A.G.S.). Appears to differ from New Zealand B. novae-zelandiae Dix. only in

the slightly shorter and blunter operculum and usually shorter seta. B. co/verae

has been found only once before in N.S.W.

*Buxbaumia thorsborneae n.sp. Stone (1983b): Bellenden-Ker N.P., with B.

colyerae and Diphyscium (1.G.S. 16842, Sept 1980, coll. M. Thorsborne, det.

1.G.8.). Close to B. aphylla but differing in some important features. Buxbaumia

is anew generic record for Queensland. Except where indicated all specimens are

in my private collection which will be deposited at MELU. Duplicates and types

of Queensland specimens will be lodged at BRI.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

For permits and direct assistance I am grateful to Dr R. W. Johnson, Director,

Queensland Herbarium; the Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service,

Mr S. Curtis, Brisbane, and officers at Cairns, Chillagoe and Mungana, Bunya

Mts, Eungella and Girraween National Parks; the Queensland Department of

Forestry and Mr G. Stocker, CSIRO both at Atherton; Mr M. Macguire and

staff, Telecommunications, Cairns; Mr W. Travers, Cardwell and especially to

Arthur and Margaret Thorsborne who accompanied us and took an active part

on collecting trips in the Cardwell district in north Queensland: in the

Northern Territory to the Department of Forestry and the National Parks

and Wildlife Service at Darwin and Kakadu. Thanks are due to those who

provided specimens; to the Directors and staff of herbaria, BM, BRI, NSW and

MEL for providing access to specimens; and to the Australian Research Grants

Committee for a grant in support of the work.

520

References

Brotherus, V. F. (1904). A¢/usci. In Engler & Prantl (eds) Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 1G3):621.

Brotherus, V. F. & Watts, W. W. (1918). The mosses of North Queensland, Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S. W. 43, 544-67.

Buck, W. R. (1979). A revision of the moss genus Trachyphyllum Gepp. (Thuidiaceae). Brittonia

31, 379-394,

Catcheside, D. G. (1980). Mosses of South Australia. Govt. Printer, South Australia.

Crosby, M. R. & Magill, R. E. (1977). A Dictionary of Mosses. Missouri Botanical Garden, St.

Louis,

Crundwell, A. C. & Nyholm, E. (1977). Dicranella howei Ren. & Card. and its relationship to D.

varia (Hedw.) Schimp. Lindbergia 4: 35-38.

Forsyth, W. (1900). Contribution to a knowledge of the mosses of New South Wales. Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S.W. for 1899, 24, 674-86.

Hampe, E. (1876). Musci novi Musei melbournei. Linnaea 40, 301-26.

Roth, G. (1914), Nachtrag IT zu Band I der aussereuropaischen Laubmoose. Hedwigia 54, 267~74.

Scott, G. A. M. & Stone, I. G, (1976). The Mosses of Southern Australia. 495 pp. Academic Press,

London, New York, San Francisco.

Snider, J, A. (1975), A revision of the genus Archidium (Musci). J. Hattori Bot. Lab, 39, 105-201.

Stone, I. G. (1975). Trachycarpidium in Queensland, Australia. Muelleria 3, 122-9,

Stone, I. G. (1976). A remarkable new moss form Queensland, Australia —Viridivellus pulchellim

new genus and species (new family Viridivelleraceae). J. Bryol. 9, 21-31,

Stone, I. G. (1977). Bruchia queenslandica, a new moss from tropical Australia. J. Bryol. 9,

509-518.

Stone, I. G, (1980a). Phascopsis rubicunda, a new genus and species of Pottiaceae (Musci) from

Australia. J. Bryol. 11, 17-31.

Stone, LG. (1982a). Erpodium australiense (Erpodiaceae) a new species of moss from Australia, J.

Bryol. 12, 191-197. |

Stone, I.G. (1982b). Nanobryum thorsbornei, a remarkable new moss from Australia. J. Bryo/. 12,

199-208,

Stone, 1.G. (1983a, in press). A re-evaluation of the species of Mesochaete Lindb. J. Bryol, 12 (3).

Stone, 1.G, (1983b, in press). Buxbauimia in Australia, including a new species B. thorsborneae. J.

Bryol. 12 (4).

Stone, I. G, (1980b). Weissia subgenus Astomum in Australia and some comments on the affinity

of Viridivellus. J. Bryol. 11, 231-243.

Vitt, D. H. (1980). A compariative study of Andreaea acutifolia, A. mutabilis and A. rupestris. New

Zealand J. Bot. 18 (in press).

Watts, W. W. & Whitelegge, T. (1902, 1906). Census Muscorum Australiensium. Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S. W. 27, supplement pp. 1-90. 30, supplement pages 91-163. .

Willis, J. H. (1957). New records of mosses for Australian states. Victorian Naturalist 74, 101-5.

521

INDEX

Accepted names are in roman, new names in bold face and synonyms in

italics. Page numbers in bold face refer to a description and those in brackets

to an illustration. The status of some of the names of lichens (pp. xxx—xxx) is

uncertain.

Abarema Pittier

grandiflora (Sol. ex Benth.) Kosterm, 376,

377.

hendersonii (F. Muell.) Kosterm. 377.

lovelliae (F. M. Bail.) Kosterm. 377.

muellerana (Maiden & R. T. Baker)

Kosterm. 377.

prutnosa K. A. W, Williams 377.

sapindoides (Cunn. ex. Sweet) Kosterm.

376,377.

trapezifolia (Vahl) Pittier 376.

Acacia Mill. (see also index p. 316)

angustissimia (Miller) Kuntze 344, 345,

aprepta Pedley 339.

bivenosa DC, 25, 27,

var. borealis Hochr. 27.

subsp. bivenosa 27.

subsp, wayt (Maiden) Pedley 28.

brevifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Benth. 341.

cana Maiden 341, 342, 343.

cincinnata F. Miell. 341,

clivicola Pedley 339.

cupularis Domin 26, 29,

difficilis Maiden 340,

dineura F, Muell. 29.

dissoneura F. Mueil. 29.

durtuscula W. V. Fitzg. 339, 340.

elliptica Cunn. ex Benth. 26, 27, 28.

estrophiolata F. Muell, 343.

excelsa Benth.

subsp, angusta Pedley 343,

handonis Ped/ey 344,

julifera Benth. 341.

subsp. gilbertensis Benth. 341.

kempeana F. Muell. 341.

lazaridis Pedley 341.

ligulata Cunn, ex Benth. 25, 26, 29.

mimula Ped/ley 29.

pallideramosa Maiden & Blakely 26.

propinqua Pedley 29.

rostellifera Benth. 26.

salicina Benth. 29.

var. wayae Maiden 26, 29.

sapindoides Cunn. ex Sweet 376, 377.

scirpifolia Meisn. 26,

sclerosperma F. Muell. 26.

solandri Benth, 340.

stowardii Maiden 339, 340.

tephrina Pedley 342, 343.

tumida F, Muel?. 341,

tysonii Luehm. 26.

xanthina Benth, 26, 28

Acacia in Queensland, further notes on. L.

Pedley 339,

Acacia Mill. in Queensland, a revision of L.

Pedley 75.

Acanthus ilicifolius L. 349, 350, 352, 353, 354.

Acaulon C. Muell.

integrifolium C. Muell 513, 514.

mediterraneum Limpr. 514.

Achrophyllum dentatum (Hook. f & Wils.) Vitt.

~ & Crosby 511, 517.

Achyranthes L.

corymbosa L. 52.

rosea (Mart.) Spreng. 51.

violacea (Mart.) Spreng. 51.

Acmena hemilampra (Ff. Muell. ex F. M.

Bailey) Merr. & Perr. 64,

Acronychia J. R. & J. G. Forst.

baeuerlenii 7. Hartley 453.

eungellensis Hartley & B. Hyland 451, [452}.

wilicoxiana (F. Muell.) Hartley 453.

_Acronchyia (Rutaceae) from Australia, a new

species of T. G. Hartley & B. P. M.

Hyland. 451.

Albizia Duraz. 376.

hendersonii (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 377.

muelleranum Maiden & R. T. Baker 377.

tozert F; Mueil. 377.

Alectryon Gaertn, 472.

bleeseri Schwarz 481.

canescens DC, 481.

connatus (PF. Muell.) Radlk. 472, 473,

[480].

coriaceus (Benth,) Radlk, 472, 474.

excelsus Gaertn. 472.

forsythii (Maiden & Betche) Radlk, 473,

476, [480].

kimberleyanus S. T. Reynolds 473, 477,

[480].

laevis Radlk. 475.

repando-dentatus Rad/k. 473, 479, [480].

reticulatus Rad/k. 476.

semicinereus (F. Muell.) Radtk. 474,

subcinereus (A. Gray) Radlk, 473, 475.

subdentatus (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Radik.

473, 477, [480].

tomentosus (F. Muell.) Radlk. 473, 478,

[480}.

unilobatus S. 7, Reynolds 473, 475, [480].

Allosyncarpia S. T. Blake 43-44.

ternata S. 7. Blake 44-45,

Allosynearpia ternata, a new genus and species

of Myrtaceae subfamily Leptospermoideae

from Northern Australia. S. T. Blake 43.

Alternanthera Forssk. 55,

Amphipogon R. Br. 36.

Andreaea Hedw. 512.

mutabilis Hook. f. & Wils. 512.

rupestris Hedw. 512.

ANDREWS, S. B.: Miscellaneous notes on

Australian Pteridophytes, I.

Andropogon annulatus Forssk.

var. monostachyus F, Muell. 459,

Anzio angustata (Pers.) Muell. Arg. var.

isidiella (Stirton) Zahibr. 506.

Aotus Smith 37.

Aralia L, 23.

Archidendron F. Mue/l. 376.

Archidium Frid.

indicum Hampe & C. Muell, 512.

ohioense Schimp. & C. Muell, 511, 512.

rothii Watts ex Roth 512.

‘tatei’ 512,

Aristida L. 365, 366.

Arthonia Ach.

albofarinosa Stirton 503.

conspersula Stirton 503.

subcondita Stirton 503.

Arundinella Raddi

grevillensis B. K. Simon 463, [464].

montana S, 7. Blake 463,

nepalensis Trin. 463.

Arytera Blume 389.

foveolata F. Muell, 496.

leichhardtii (Benth.) Radlk. 495, 496.

Ascidium profundum Stirton 503.

Aspidium Swartz

molle Sw. f. keffordii F. M. Bailey 11.

truncatum (Poir.) Gaud. var. keffordii (F.

M. Bailey) F. M. Bailey 11.

Atalaya Blume 398.

angustifolia S. T. Reynolds 399, 402, [403].

australiana Leenh. 399, [403], 408.

australis (A. Rich.) F. Muell. 400.

australis (Benth.) Radlk. 405.

calcicola S. T. Reynolds 399, [403], 404.

hemiglauca (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth.

399, 401, [403], 404.

multiflora Benth, 399, [403], 404.

rigida 5S. 7. Reynolds 399, [403], 405.

salicifolia (A.DC.) Blume 398, 399, 400,

[403].

var. intermedia C. A. Gardner 400.

sericopetala S. T. Reynolds 399, [403].

variifolia F. Muell. ex Benth. 399, 400,

[403].

virens C, T, White 399,

Atylosia Wight & Arn. 377, 378, 420-428.

sect. Rhynchosioides Benth. 378.

acutifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) S. T.

Reynolds & Pedley 420, 423.

522

candollei Wight & Arn, 378.

cinerea F’. Muell, ex Benth, 420, 424.

grandifolia Benth. 426.

var. calycina Benth. 425

lanceolata W. V. Fitzg. 420, 423.

latisepala S. 7. Reynolds & Pedley 420,

425,

mareebensis S. 7. Reynolds & Pedley 420,

422,

marmorata Benth. 377, 420, 421.

platycarpa Benth. 378.

pluriflora F. Muell. ex Benth. 420, 423.

pubescens (Ewart & Morrison) S._ T.

Reynolds & Pedley 420, 424, 425, 427,

var. mollis S. T. Reynolds & Pedley

427.

yar, pubescens 427.

reticulata (Dryander) Benth. 420, 425,

subsp. maritima S. 7. Reynolds &

Pedley 426,

subsp. reticulata 426.

scarabaeoides (L.) Benth. 377, 420, 421.

var, pedunculata S. 7. Reynolds &

Pedley 421.

var. gueenslandica Domin 421.

var, scarabaeoides 421.

trinervia (DC.) Gamble 377.

Atylosia (Leguminosae) in Australia, a revision

of. Sally T. Reynolds & L. Pedley 420.

Aylmeria Mart.

rosea Mart. 51

violacea Mart. 51

Bacidia De Not.

raffii (Stirton) Zahibr. 505.

vinicolor (Stirton) Zahibr. 505,

Barbula indica (Hook.) Spreng. 514.

Bartramia papillata Hook, f. & Wils. 516.

Bauhinia L. 32

carronii F. Muell, 33.

cunninghamil Benth. 33.

f, gilva F. M. Bailey 33.

f. rosea F. M, Bailey 33.

hookeri F. Muell. 33.

leichhardtti F. Muell.

var. cinarescens F, Muell, 33.

BENL, G. A new Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae)

from Queensland. 446. —

Beitorella consanguinea (Stirton) Zahibr. 505.

BLAKE, S. T. Alfosynearpia ternata, a new

genus and species of Myrtaceae subfamily

Leptospermoideae from northern Australia

43,

BLAKE, S. T. Four new species of Eucalyptus

Blanco arborea Blume 420.

Blechnum articulatum (F. Mueil.) S. B. Andrews

lee

Bombliospora sp. 504.

523

Bothriochloa Kuntze

bunyensis B. K. Sinton 455, [456].

sp. 457,

Brachymenium nepalense Hook. 515.

Breutelea affinis (Jook.) Mitt. 516.

Bruchia queenslandica Stone. 513,

Bruguiera exaristata Ding Hou 355.

Buellia G. de Not.

demutans (Sfirton) Zahibr. 504,

restituta (Stirton ex F. M. Bailey) Zahibr.

505.

subconnexa (Stirton) Zahlbr. 505.

subrepleta (Stirton) Zahilbr. 505,

Bulbophyllum Thouars

baileyi . Aduell. 64.

blumu (Lindl) J. J. Smith 64,

var. longicaudatum J. J. Smith 64

clavigerum (R. D. Fitzg.) F. Muell. 66.

gracillimum (Rolfe) Rolfe 66.

lerati (Schlechter) J. J. Smith 64, 66, 67.

longiflorum Thouars 66.

masdevalliaceum Kranzlin 64.

Buxbaumlia /7edw. 511,

aphylla Hedw. xxx,

colyerac Burges

novac-zelandiae Dix, 519.

thorsborneae Stone 523,

BYRNES, N. B. Addition to Combretaceae

(Laguncluricac) from Australia 386.

BYRNES, N. 3B. Notes on the = genus

Homoranthus (Myrtaceae) in Australia 373.

BYRNES, N. B. Notes on the genus Kunzea

(Myrtaceae) in Queensland 468.

BYRNES, N. B. The genus Verticordia in

northern Australia 47.

Cadetia Gaud.

collinsii Lavarack 381, [382].

maideniana (Schitr.) Schltr. 383.

Caesalpinia L. 33

brachycarpa (Benth.) Hattink 34.

robusta (C. T. White) Pedley 34.

subtropica Pedley 33.

Cajanus DC. 420, 428

cajan (L.) Millsp. 420.

kerstingil Harms 420,

CallicosteHa papillata (Mont.) Mitt. 517.

Caloplaca clavigera (Stirton) Zahibr. 507.

Calymperes O. Swartz ex F. Weber

moluccense Schwaegr, 513.

tenerum C. Muell.

var. edamense Fleisch, 513.

Calyptranthes Swartz 46,

Calyptochaeta Desy.

remotifolia (C. Muell.) Tan & Touw. 517.

sp. 517,

Camptochaete leichhardtii (Jaeg.) Broth, 517.

Candelariella Muell, Arg. 505.

Cardiospermum L. 388.

Castanospora F. Afuell. 388.

Catillaria Massal.

grossa (Pers.} Koerb. 505.

grossulina (Stirton) Zahibr, 505.

Cetrelia olivetorum (Ny/.) Culb. & Culb. 506.

Chionachne R.Br. 365.

Chloris O. Swartz

divaricata R.Br. 462.

ventricosa R.Br, 460, 462.

Choricarpia Domin 46

subargentea (C. T. White) L. Johnson 46

Christella subpubescens (B8lume) Holltum

“Keffordi” 11.

Cirrhopetalum leratii Schlechter 64

Cladia sullivanii (Muell. Arg.) Martin 503.

Cladonia arcuata Stirton $03.

Clastobryum sp, 518.

Clerodendrum inerme Gaertn. 347, 348, 351,

352, 353.

Collema G. H. Weber

gwytheri Stirton 503,

hypoplasium Stirton 503.

leptaleum Tuck, 503.

Combretaceae (Lagunclurieae) from Australia,

addition to N. B. Byrnes 386.

Cortaderia Stapf 365.

Cossinia Commers. cx Lam. 485,

australiana S, 7. Reynolds 486, [487].

pacifica A. C. Suiith 487, 488.

pinnata Comers. ex Lam. 485, 487, 488.

trifoliata Radik, 487, 488.

triphylla Commers. ex Lam, 488,

Coudenbergia Marchal 23

CRIBB, P. J. see LAVARACK, P. S.

Crypsinus simplicissimus (fF. Afuell.) S. B.

Andrews 12.

Ctenopteris Blume ex Kunze.

fuscopilosa (. Muell, & Baker) S. B.

Andrews 12,

gordonii (Watts) S. B. Andrews 12.

maidenii (Watts) S. B. Andrews 12.

walleri (Afaiden & Betche) S. B. Andrews

12,

Cupania L.

cunninghamii Hook. 390, 396, 397.

pseudorhus A, Rich. 407.

punctulata F. Muell. 491.

sericolignis F. M. Bailey 490.

setigera Cunn, ex Heynh. 409.

subcinerea A. Gray 475.

Cupaniopsis Rad/k.

anacardioides Comers. ex Lam. 481.

punctulata (F. Muell,) Radlk. 491.

Cynochloris Clifford & Everist

macivorii Clifford & Everist 462.

reynoldensis B. K. Simon 460, [461].

Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers, 460, 462.

Cyathoporella Fleisch. 517.

Cyathophorum P. Beauy.

bulbosum (Hedw,.) C. Muell, 517.

sp. 517.

Dansiea Byrnes 385, 387.

elliptica Brynes 385 [386].

Darwinia Rudge 372.

Daviesia Smith 34,

arborea W’. Hill 34,

discolor Pedley 34,

flava Pedley 34, 35.

latifolia R.Br. 34.

mimosoides R.Br. 34,

Dendrobium O. Swartz

antennatum Lind/, 500,

baileyi F. Muell. 72.

canaliculatum R.Br. 498, 499, 500.

earronii Lavarack & P. Cribb 497, 498,

[499], 500.

discolor Lind/. 500.

eleutheroglossum Schlecht. 498.

johannis Reichb. f. 500.

mirbelianum J. J. Smith 500.

ngoyense Schlecht. 498.

nindiit W. Aili 500.

perenanthum Reichb. f. 499.

poissonianum Schlecht. 498.

semifuscum (Reichb. f.) Lavarack & P.

Cribb 500.

tofftii F. M, Bailey 500.

tozerensis Lavarack 70, [71], 74

undulatum R.Br. 500,

wilkianum Rupp 500.

Dendrobium from Cape York Peninsula, a new

species of. Lavarack, P, S. & P. J. Cribb

Dichanthium Willem.

fecundum S. 7. Blake 459.

queenslandicum B. K. Simon 457, [458].

Dichelachne Endlich.

parva B. K. Simon 462, [466].

rara (R. Br.) Vickery 463.

Dicranella howei Ren. & Card. 513.

Dictyoneura Blume 388.

Didympolexus pallens Griff 63, 65.

Dimocarpus Lour. 494,

australianus Leenh. [493], 494, 496.

leichhardtii (Benth.) S. T. Reynolds 494,

495,

lichi Lour. 494.

longan Sonner, 494.

subsp, longan 389, 494, 496.

Diphyscium Mohr 511.

?mucronifolium Mitt, 519,

rupestre Doz. & Molk, 519.

524

Diploglottis Hook.f 390.

australis Radlk. 396, 397,

bracteata Leenh. 391, 393, 394, 395,

campbelli Cheel 390, 391, [394].

cunninghamti (Hook.) Hook.f 390, 391,

396.

var. diphyllostegia (F. Muell.) J, F.

Bailey 397.

var. muelleri F. M. Bailey 397.

diphyllostegia (Ff. Muell) F. M. Bailey 291,

397

harpullioides Reynolds 390, 391, [394].

macrantha 1. S. Smith ex Reynolds 391,

[394], 395.

pedleyi Reynolds 390, 392, [394].

smithii Reynolds 390, 393, [394].

Diplopeltis Endlich. 388, 389.

Diplopogon &.Br. 365.

Dirinaria applanata (Fée}) Awasthi 507.

Distichostemon F. Muel/. 388.

Dodonaea L. 388, 389

Dolichos scarabaeoides L, 421.

DUKE, NORMAN C.

RICHARD B.

see PRIMACK,

Echinodium hispidum (Hook. f. & Wils.) Jaeg.

511, 517.

Elytrophorus P. Beauy, 365,

Endocarpon baileyi Stirton 503.

Ephemeropsis Goebel

tjibodensis Goebel 517.

trentepohlioides (Renn.) Sainsb. 517.

Ephemerum cristatum Hook, f. & Wils. 515.

Eragrostis NV. Af. Wolf

longipedicellata B. K. Simon 465, [466].

Eriachne R.Br. 364

Eriopus (Bridel) Bridel xxx.

Erpodium (Bridel) Bridel 511.

australiense Stone. 516.

Eucalyptopsis C. T. White 43, 46.

Eucalyptus L ‘Herit.

alba Reinw. ex Blume 9.

brassiana S. 7. Blake 1, 2 [3}.

citriodora Hook. 5.

“decaisneana” 8.

decorticans (Ff. M. Bailey) Maiden 7.

exserta F. Muell. 2.

henryi S. 7. Blake 4, 5.

maculata Hook. 5.

melanoleuca S. T. Blake 6, 7.

melanophloia F. Mueé/. 33.

nesophila Blakely 341,

sideroxylon Cunn. ex Maiden 7.

tereticornis Smith 2.

terminalis F. Muell. 46.

525

urophylia S. T. Blake 7, 8, 9.

Eucalyptus, four new species of. S. T. Blake 1.

Eulophia R.Br. ex Lindl.

macrostachys Lindl. 68.

pulchra (Thouars) Lindl. 68, [69].

Eulophidium pulchrum (Thouars) Summer-

hayes 68,

Eumitria Stirton

baileyi Stirton 503.

formosa Stirton 503.

Euphoria auct. non Commers. ex Juss. 494.

leichhardtii Benth. 495, 496,

var. hebepetala Benth. 496.

var, hebepetala auct. non Benth.;

Radlk. 495.

var. leichhardtii 496.

EVERIST, S. L. History of the Queensland

Herbarium and Botanical Library, 1855 to

1976. 429.

Fissidens Hedw. 513.

leptocladus C. Muell. ex Rodway 511, 512.

Floral morphology in relation to pollination

ecology in five Queensland coastal plants.

Richard B. Primack, Norman C, Duke &

P. B. Tomlinson 346.

Forsstroemia rigida Dixon 511, 516.

Garuga javanica Blume 406, 411.

Gramineae from south-eastern Queensland, new

species of B. K. Simon 455,

Graphina Muell. Arg.

gyridia (Stirton) Zahlbr. 504.

pertenella (Stirton) Shirley 504.

repleta (Stirton) Shirley 504.

subvelata (Stirton ex F. M. Bailey) Zahilbr.

504.

Graphis Adans.

circumfusca Stirton 503.

eludens Stirton 503.

gyridia Stirton 504,

mucronata Stirton 504,

pertenefla Stirton 504.

repleta Stirton 504,

subvelata Stirton ex F. M. Bailey 504.

Grass Flora, an analysis of Australian. B. K.

Simon 357.

Grevillea pteridiifolia Knight 341.

Habenaria Hild.

anomala Dockr. 381.

banfieldii F. M, Bailey 380.

oveidea R. S. Rogers & C. T. White 380.

sumatrana (Schlitr.) Schltr. 380.

xanthantha F. Mueill. 380, 381,

Haematomma Massal.

phaeoplacum (Stirton) Zahlbr. 504.

puniceum (Ach.) Massal.

var. infuseum (Stirton) Zahlbr. 504.

Harpullia Roxb. 412.

alata F. Muell. 412, 414, [416].

angustialata C. T. White & Francis 413.

arborea (Blanco) Radlk, 423, [416], 419.

blancoi F.-Villar. 419.

cupanioides Roxb. 412.

divaricata Radik. 419. ;

frutescens F. M. Bailey 412, 414, 415,

[416].

hill F. Muell. 413, 416, 417.

holoptera Radlk. 415, 419.

imbricata Thw. 419.

leichhardtii F. Muell. ex Benth. 419.

marginata Radlk. 415.

pendula Planchon ex F. Muell. 413, [416],

418,

ramiflora Radik. 412, 415, [416].

rhyticarpa C. T. White & Francis 412, 413,

[416].

thanatophora Blume 412, 418.

HARTLEY, T. G. & B. P. M. HYLAND: A

new species of Acronychia (Rutaceae) from

Australia 451.

Hedwigia integrifolia P. Beauv. S16.

Hedwigium integrifolium (P. Beauv.) Dixon

516.

HENDERSON, R. J. F.: Notes on Solanum

(Solanaceae) in Australia 13.

Herpetineuron toccoae (Sulf, & Lesq.) Card.

518.

Heterodea muelleri (Hampe) Ny/. 508.

Heterodendrum Desf, 388, 481.

diversifolium FF. Muell. [480], 482, 484.

floribundum E. Pritzel 482.

macrocalyx Radlk. 482, 483.

microcalyx Radlk. 482, 483.

oleifolium Desf. [480], 481, 482.

var. euryphyllum Domin 483.

var. macrocalyx (Radlk.) Domin 483.

var. microcalyx (Radik.) Domin 483.

var. oleifolium 483.

pubescens 8, 7. Reynolds [480], 482, 485.

tropicum S. 7. Reynolds [480], 481, 484.

Homoranthus Cunn, ex Schau. 372.

darwinioides (Maiden & Betche) Cheel 372,

373, 374.

decasetus Byrnes 373, 374.

flavescens Cunn. ex Schau 373.

papillatus Byrnes 373, 374.

tropicus Byrnes 373, 375.

virgatus Cunn. ex Schau 373.

wilhelmii (F. Muell.) Cheel 372, 375.

Homoranthus (Myrtaceae) in Australia, notes

on the genus. N. B. Byrnes 373.

Hookeriopsis sp. 517.

HYLAND, B. P. M. see HARTLEY, T. G.

Hymenodon pilifer /iook, f. & Wils. 515,

Hyophila Bride/ 511.

involuta (Hook.) Jaeg. 514.

rosea Williams 514.

Isopterygium limatum (Hook. f & Wils.) Broth.

519,

Jacksonia viminalis Cunn. ex Benth. 379.

Jagera Blume 406.

discolor L. S. Smith ex Reynolds 406, 407,

[408].

javanica (Blume) Blume ex Kalman 406,

pseudorhus (A. Rich.) Radlk. 407.

var. integerrima Reynolds [408], 411.

var. pseudorhus 409,

Ff pilosiuscula Rad/k. 409, 410.

ff pseudorhus [408], 409, 410.

f subglabrescens Domin 410.

specisoa Blume 406, 411.

serrata (Roxb.} Radlk, 407, [408], 411.

F serrata 412.

Kissodendron Seem. 24.

Kunzea Spreng,

bracteolata Maiden & Betche 468, 469,

calida f. Muell, 468, 470,

capitata Reichb, 470,

flavescens White & Francis 468, 469.

graniticola Byrnes 468.

obovata Byrnes 468, 469,

opposita fF’. Muell. 468, 470.

var. opposita 470.

var, leichhardtii Byrnes 468, 470.

parvifolia Schau. 470.

peduncularis F, Muell. 468,

Kunzea (Myrtaceae) in Queensland, notes on

the genus. N. B. Byrnes 468.

LAVARACK, P. S.: Notes on Queensland

Orchidaceae, 1. 63.

LAVARACK, P. S.: Notes on Queensland

Orchidaceae, 2. 381.

LAVARACK, P. S. & P. J. CRIBB: A new

species of Dendrobium from Cape York

Peninsula 497.

Lecania Massal.

nodulosa (Stirton) Zahlbr, 505,

sanguinolenta (Stirton) Zahlbr. 505.

Lecanora Ach.

alligata Stirton ex F. M. Bailey 504.

mundala Stirton 504,

phaeanthelia Stirton 504,

phaeoplaca Stirton ex Bailey 504.

pulverata Stirton 504,

punicea var. infusea Stirton ex Bailey 504,

rutilescens Stirton 504,

subpurpurea Stirton 504,

sp. 504,

Lecidea Ach.

aberrata Stirton 504.

demutans Stirton 504.

foliata Stirton 504.

glomerella Stirton 504,

grossulina Stirton 505.

inalbescens Stirton 505,

526

nodulosa Stirton 505.

placomorpha Stirton 505,

raffti Stirton 505.

restituta Stirton 505.

sanguinolenta Stirton 505.

subcaerulea Sfirton 505,

subconnexa Stirton 505.

subhyalina Stirton 505,

subnubila Stirton 505,

subrepleta Stirton 505.

vinicolor Stirton 505.

Leguminosae, notes on, I. L. Pedley 25.

Leguminosae, notes on, II. L. Pedley 377.

Lemphlemma (Stirton)Zahlbr.

503.

Lepiderema Rad/k.

hirsuta Reynolds 488.

ixiocarpa Reynolds 488, 489, [493].

largiflorens Reynolds 488, 490, [493].

papuana Radlk. 488.

punctulata (F. Muell.) Radlk, 489, 491,

[493].

pulchella Rad/k. 489, 491, [493].

sericolignis (F. M. Bailey) Radlk, 488, 490,

[493].

Lepidopetalum Blume 388.

Leptodon smithii (Hedw.}) Web. & Mohr 516.

Leptodontium viticulosoides (P. Beauv.) Wyk.

& Marg, 514.

Leptolepia dissecta C. T, White & Goy 12.

Leptospermum phylicioides (Cunn. ex Schau.)

Cheel 468,

Leptostomum macrocarpum (Hedw.) Pyl. 515,

Leptotrema Mont. & Bosch

baileyi (Stirton) Shirley 503.

wightii (Tayl.) Muell, Arg. 503.

Leucobryum Hampe

? candidum (P. Beauv.) Wils.

var. pentastichum (Doz. & Molk.) Dixon

hypoplasium

?teysmannianum Doz. & Molk. 513.

Leucoloma circinatalum Bartr. 518.

Lichens described from Australian specimens

by James Stirton, typification of. Roderick

W. Rogers 502.

Litchi chinensis Sonner. 389.

Lomaria Willd.

articulata F, Muell. 11.

euphlebia Kunze 11.

Lopadium sp. 505.

Lumnitzera racemosa Willd. 346, 354.

Lysiana subfalcata Hook.) B. A. Barlow

subsp. maritima B. A. Barlow 350, 351,

352, 353, 354.

Lysiphyllum (Benth.) de Wit 32.

binatum (Blanco) de Wit 33.

527

carronii (F. Muell.) Pedley 33. leiocarpum F, Muell. 475.

cunninghamii (Benth.) de Wit 33. Oleifoliuim (Desf) F. Muell. 482.

gilvum (F. M. Bailey) Pedley 33. semicinereum F, Muell. 474.

hookeri (Ff. Muell.) Pedley 33. subdentatum F. Muell. ex Benth. 477.

hookeri (F. Muell.) de Wit ex Schmitz 33. subdentatum auct. non F. Muell. ex Benth.

Macadamia F. Afuell. 21, 479.

tomentosum F, Muell. 479.

Nomismia Wight & Arn. 378.

nummularia Wight & Arn. 378.

Macromitrium weymouthii Broth, 516,

Macropteranthes F. Muell, ex Benth, 385.

Macroptilium Urban 35. rhomboidea (F. Muell, ex Benth.) Pedley

bracteatum (Nees & Mart.) Marechal & 378.

Baudet 35. Oberonia Lindl.

Malaxis Sol. ex O. Swartz brachystachya Lindl. 72.

decumbens (Schitr.) P. F. Hunt 383. carnosa Lavarack 72, [73], 74

fimbriata Lavarack [382], 383, 384. Opegrapha Ach.

NinlietaCianih 46: inalbescens (Stirton) Muell. Arg. 505,

int Stirton 506.

Melicopsidium Baillon 485. rad Ghia

trifoliatum Baillon 485. Orchidaceae, notes on Queensland, I. P. S,

; Lavarack 63.

Mesochaete Lindb. :

grandiretis Dix. 515. Orchidaceae, notes on Queensland, 2. P. S.

taxiforme (Hampe) Watts & Whitelegge Lavarack 381,

$15. Orthotrichum tasmanicum

undulata Lindb, 515. Hook. f. & Wils, 516.

Mesoneuron brachycarpum Benth. 33. Otonychium imbricatum Blume 419.

Mezonetron robustum C. T. White 34. Oxycladium semiseptatum F, Muell. 379.

Microlaena RBr. 365, Pannaria Del, ex Bory

Microsonium superficiale (BL) Ching elatior Stirton 506.

var. australiense (F. M. Bailey) S. B. terrestris Sfirton 506.

Andrews 12, Papillaria flavolimbata (C. Muell) & Hampe)

Microthelia Koerb. Jaeg. 516.

analtiza (Stirton) Zahibr. 509. Parapentapanax Hutch. 23.

obovata (Stirton) Muell. Arg. 509, ;

Parmelia Ach.

Miltidea consanguinea Stirton 505. ablata Stirton 506.

Mirbelia Smith 36, 378. amplexula Stirton 506.

aotoides auct. non F. Muell. 36. angustata Pers.

aotoides F. Muell, 36, 37. var, insidiella Stirton 506.

confertiflora Ped/ey 36, brisbanensis Stirton 506.

oxycladum F. Muell. 379. caperata (L.) Ach, 506.

pungens Cunn. ex G. Don 36, confertula Stirton 506.

ringrosei F. M. Bailey 37. cyathina Stirton 506,

rubitfolia (Andr.) G. Don 36. erubescens Stirton 506.

speciosa Sieb. ex DC. 36. euplecta Stirton 506.

subsp. ringrosei (F. M4. Bailey) Pedley exoriens Stirton 506,

37. . ferax Muell, Arg. 506.

subsp. speciosa 37. heterochroa Hale & Kurok. 506.

viminalis (Cunn. ex Benth.) C. A. Gardner hypoxantha Stirton 506.

379. nitescens Stirton 506.

Mosses, mostly from Queensland, some new obversa Stirton 506.

and noteworthy records. Jima G. Stone xxx. aa raises he

ae platycarpa Sfirton .

eae thorsbornei. redacta Stirton 507.

tone 512. ; ; 1S

: reparata Stirion 507,

Nephelium L. rutidota Hook, f. ex Tayl. 506.

connatuim F. Muell. 473,. scabrosa Tayl. 506, 507.

diversifolium (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 484. subbrunea Stirton 506.

forsythii Maiden & Betche 476, subcaperata Kremp. 506.

fumatum Blume 494, subrugata Kremmp. 506.

lappaceum L, 389, sulphurata Nees.ex Flot. 506.

leichhardtii (Benth.) F. Muell. 495. texana Tuck 506,

tilliacea Ach.

var. affixa Stirton 507.

violascens Stirton 507,

Parmentaria australiensis (Stirton) Muell. Arg.

507.

Parmosticta Nyl.

purpurascens Stirton 507.

rubrina Stirton 507,

Paspalidium Stapf

gracile S. 7. Blake xxx,

grandispicatulum B. K,. Simon [464], 465.

PEDLEY, L. A revision of Agacia Mill. in

Queensland 75.

PEDLEY, L. Further notes on Acacia in

Queensland 339.

PEDLEY, L. Notes on Leguminosae, I. 25.

PEDLEY, L. Notes on Leguminosae, II. 377.

PEDLEY, L. Polycarpaea (Caryophyllaceae) in

Australia 49,

PEDLEY, L.-see also REYNOLDS, SALLY T.

Pentapanax Seem. 23.

bellendenkeriensis F. M. Bailey 23, 24.

willnottii F. Muell. 23, 24.

Pentapanax, deletion of from the flora of

“Australia. W. R:-Philipson 23

Peristylus Blume

banfieldii (F. M. Bailey) Lavarack 380.

candidus J. J. Smith 380.

goodyeroides (D. Don) Lindl. 380.

Phaseolus bracteatus Nees & Mart. 35.

Phaeographis Muell. Arg.

eludens (Stirton) Shirley 503.

mucronata (Stirton) Shirley 504.

Phasconiea balansae C. Muel/. 511, 514.

PHILIPSON, W. R. The deletion § of

Pentapanax Seem. from the flora of Aus-

tralia 23,

Phyllopsora subhyalina (Stirton) Zahlbr. 504,

505,

Physcia Michx.

excelsior Stirton 507.

lacuniatula Stirfon 507,

sublurida Stirton 507.

Pinnatella Fleisch.

alopecuriodes (Hook.) Fleisch. 516.

intralimbata Fleisch. 516.

sp. 516.

Pithecellobtum Mart. 376.

grandiflorum Sol. ex Benth. 377.

hendersonii F. Muell. 377.

lovelliae F. Mf. Bailey 377.

muelleranum (Maiden & R. T. Baker)

Maiden & Betche 377.

pruinosum Cunn. ex Benth. 376, 377.

sapindoides (Cunn. ex Sweet) Domin 377.

tozeri (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 377.

Placodium clavigerum Stirton 507,

528

Plagiochloa Adamson & Sprague 365.

Plagiogyria (Kunze) Mett.

articulata (F. Muell.) Ching 11.

euphiebia (Kunze) Mett. 11.

Plagiothelium australiense Stirton 507.

Plectrachne Henr. 365.

Polyblastiopsis coarctata (Stirton) Zahlbr. 509,

Polycarpaea Lam.

arida Pedley 50, /54

brasiliensis Comb. 53.

brevianthera Ewart & Davies 60, 61.

breviflora auct. non F, Muell, 53.

breviflora F. Mfuell. 50, 60,:61.

var. breviflora 50, 60.

var. gracilis: (Benth ) Pedley 50, 60.

burtonii F. M. Bailey 57.

corymbosa (L.) Lam. 50, 52, 55, 56.

var. brasiliensis (Comb) Ched,. 53.

var. breviflora (F. Muelt.) Domin 54.

var. corymbosa 50, 52, 53

var. minor Ped/ey 50, 52.

var. torrensis Pedley 50, 53.

diversifolia Domuin 50, 54.

fallax Pedley 50, 51.

gamopetala Berhaut 59.

hasslerana Chod. 56.

holtzei Maiden & Betche 50, 55.

involucrata F. Muell. 50, 55.

longiflora F. Muel/. 50, 52, 56.

var. leucantha Benth. 56.

microphylla Pedley 49, 53.

nebulosa Lakela 53.

parviflora Domin 60.

pumilio Domin 55.

spicata Arn, 61.

spirostylis F. Muell, 50, 57.

var. burtonii (F. M. Bailey) Domin 57.

subsp, compacta Pedley 50, 59.

subsp. densiflora (Benth.) Pedley 50,

59,

subsp. glabra (White & Francis) Pedley

50, 58.

var. intercedens Domin 57.

var, intricata Domin 58.

var. rosufans Domin 57.

subsp. spirostylis 50, 57.

staminodina F. Muell. 50, 51, 52.

synandra F, Muell. 58.

var. densiflora Benth. 59.

var. gracilis Benth, 60.

triloba Ewart & Cookson 60,

violacea (Afart.}) Benth. 59, 51.

Polycarpaea (Caryophyllaceae) in Australia. L.

Pedley 49

Polypodium ZL.

fuscopilosum F, Muell. & Baker 12,

gordonii Watts 12.

maidenti Watts 12.

simplicissimum F, Muell. 12.

superficiale Blume.

var. australiense F. M. Bailey 12.

529

walleri Maiden & Betche 12.

Polyscias Forst. 23, 24.

bellendenkerensis. (fF. Mf. Batley) W. R.

Philipson 24.

willmottii (F. Aduell.). W. R. Philipson 24,

PRIMACK, RICHARD B., NORMAN C.

DUKE & P. B. TOMLINSON Floral

morphology. in relation to pollination

ecology im five Queensland coastal plants

346.

Prosopis £..293. 42.

articulata: S. Watson 29, 31.

chilensis. (Afol.) Stuntz 32.

flexuosa: DC. 32, 42.

glandulosa Torr. 29, 30.

var. glandulosa

var. torreyana (L. Benson) M. C.

Johnston 30,

juliflona (Sw.) DC. 29, 30, 31.

var. glandulosa (Torrey) Cockerell 30.

var, torreyana L. Benson 30.

var. velutina (Wooton) Sargent 30.

juliflora (Sw.) DC. x P. velutina Wooton

laevigata (Willd) M. C. Johnston 29.

limensis Benth. 32, 42.

pallida (Willd) H. B. K. 32, 42.

velutina (Wooton) Sargent 29, 31, 42.

Pseudatalaya multiflora (Benth.) Baill. 404.

Pseudocyphellaria Vainio 507, 508.

Pseudohypnella verrucosa (Doz,

Fleisch, 511, 518.

Pseudoleskea imbricata (Hook. f. & Wils.)

Broth $18.

Pseudoleskeopsis imbricata (Hook. f. & Wils.)

Ther. 518.

Pseudonephelium Radlk. 494.

Jumatum (Blume) Radlk. 494.

Psoroma dispersum Stirton 507.

Ptelea arborea Blanco 419.

Pteridium semihastatum (Wall. ex Ag) S. B.

Andrews 12.

Pteridophytes, miscellaneous

Australian. S. B. Andrews 11.

Pteris semihastata Wall. ex Ag. 12.

Ptilotus R.Br.

blakeanus Ben/ 446, [447], [449].

brachyandrus (#. Muell. ex Benth.) F.

Muell, 446.

aervoides F, Muell. 446.

Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from Queensland, a

new. G. Ben] 446.

Pyrenula Ach.

circumrubens (Nyl.) B. de Lesd.

var, rubrotecta (Stirton) Shirley 509,

fibrata (Stirton ex F. M. Bailey) Zahlbr.

509.

& Molk.)

notes on

mastophora (Ny/.} Muell, Arg. 509.

Pyxine Fr.

obscurior Stirton 507.

rugulosa Stirton 507.

subcinerea Stirton 507.

subvelata Stirton 508.

Queensland Herbarium and Botanical Library,

1855 to 1976, History of. S. L, Everist 429,

Ramalina Ach.

exiguella Stirton 508,

perpusilla Stirton 508.

Ratonia DC.

diphyllostegia F. Muell. 397.

punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 491.

Reesia erecta Ewart 56,

REYNOLDS, SALLY T. Notes on Sapindaceae

in Australia [. 389.

REYNOLDS, SALLY T. Notes on Sapindaceae

in Australia, II. 472.

REYNOLDS, SALLY T. & L. PEDLEY. A

revision of Afylosia (Leguminosae) in

Australia. 420.

Rhacocarpus purpurascens (Brid.) Par. 516.

Rhacomitrium crispulum (Hook. f & Wils.)

Dixon 515.

Rhizophora stylosa Griff, 354.

Rhynchosia Lour. 377, 378, 424.

subg, Phyllomata Wight & Arn. 378.

subg. Ptychocentrum Wight & Arn. 378.

monophylla Schlecht. 378.

quadricallosa Domin 423.

rhomboidea F, Muell. ex. Benth. 378.

volubilis Lowr. 377.

Rinodina (Ach.) S. F. Gray

glomerella (Stirton) Zahlbr, 504,

placomorpha (Stirton) Zahlbr. 505,

ROGERS, RODERICK W. Typification of the

species of lichen described from Australian

specimens by James Stirton. 502.

Rylstonea R. T. Bak.

cernua R. T. Baker 374.

darwinioides Maiden & Betche 374.

wilhelmii F. Muell, 375.

Sapindaceae in Australia, Notes on, I. Sally T.

Reynolds 389,

Sapindaceae in Australia, Notes on, II. Sally T.

Reynolds. 472.

Sapindus L.

australis Benth. 405.

cinereus Cunn. ex A. Gray 473.

Salicifolius A,DC, 398,

serratus Roxb. 410.

Schizomitrium papillatum (Mont) Sull. S15.

Schoenorchis Blume

densiflora Schlechter 70.

sarcophylla Schlechter [69], 70.

Semibarbula orientalis (Web.) Wijk & Morg.

514.

Sesuvium portulacastrum £. [351], 352, 353,

354,

SIMON, B. K. An analysis of the Australian

grass flora 357.

SIMON, B. K. New species of Gramineae from

south-eastern Queensland. 455,

Solanum L.

americanum Miller 20-21.

var. americanum 20,

var. baylisii D’Arcy 20

antillarum O. &. Schulz 17.

aviculare Forst. f 18.

calllum C. 7. White ex R. J. Henderson

13-18. [16].

douglasii Dunal 20.

gracile Dunal 20.

eracilius Herter 20.

linearifolium Herasimenko 18.

nigrescens Mart. & Gal. 20.

nigrum L. 20.

nodiflorum Jacq.

subsp, nodiflorum 20.

nudum H, B. K. ex Dunal

pseudocapsicum ZL, 18.

superficiens Adelbert 15, 17.

vescum ’. Muell. 18.

villosum Miller 18-19

viride R.Br. 18.

Solanum in Australia, notes on. R. J. F.

Henderson 13.

Sonneretia alba Sith 347, [348], 352, 353,

354,

Spanoghea Blume 472.

connata F. Muell. 473.

ferruginea Blume 472,

nephelioides F. Muell. 475.

Spartochloa C. E. Hubbard 365.

Splachnobryum baileyi Broth, 514.

Sporobolus R.Br.

africanus (Poir.) Robyns & Tournay 460.

diander fretz.) Beauv. 460.

fertilis (Steud.}) Clayton 460.

indicus (L.) R. Br. 460.

laxus B. K. Simon 459, [461].

Stadtmannia australis Cunn. non G. Don 396,

397,

Sticta Ach.

diversa Stirton 508.

luridoviolascea (Stirton) Zahlbr. 508.

parvula Stirton 508.

purpurascens (Stirton) Zahlbr, 507.

rubrina (Stirton) Muell, Arg. 507.

rutilans (Stirton) Zahibr. 508.

subcrocea (Stirton) Zahibr. 508.

suberecta (Stirton) Zahlbr. 508.

Stictina Nyt.

diversa Stirton S08.

530

luridoviolacea Stirton 508.

rutilans Stirton 508.

subcrocea Stirton 508.

suberecta Stirton 508.

Stirton, James, typification of lichens described

from Australian specimens by. Roderick

W. Rogers 502.

STONE, ILMA G.; Some new and noteworthy

records of mosses chiefly from Queensland.

S11.

Stringula Fr.

elatior Stirton 508.

elegans (Fee) Muell. Arg. 508.

Stylosanthes Swartz 37,

humilis H. B. K. 37, 38.

serceiceps Blake 38.

sundaica Taub, 37, 38.

Syncarpia Tenore 46.

laurifolia Tenore 46.

leptopetala F. Afvuell. 46.

subargentea C. T. White 46.

var. latifolia C. T. White 46.

Syrrhopodon Schwaeg. 513,

TaeniophyHum Blume

Ravum Dockrill 66

malianum Schlechter 66, [67].

Taxithelium nepalense (Schwaeg.) Broth. 518.

Teloschistes Norman

excelsior (Stirton) Lamb 507.

sieberanus (Laun.) Hillman 507.

Tephrosia Pers.

benthamii Pedley 39,

brachyodon Domin 38.

var. riujescens (Benth.) Domin 38.

delestangii Pedley 39.

pubescens Ewart & Morrison 427,

purpurea (L.) Pers.

var. axillaris Bak. f. 38.

var. rufescens Benth. 38.

rosea F, Muell. ex Benth.

var, angustifolia Benth. 39,

rufula Pedley 38.

spechtii Pedley 38.

virens Pedley 40-41.

Terminalia canescens (DC.) Radlk, 481.

Tetrarrhena R.Br. 365.

Thamnobryum Nieuw?

ellipticum (Bosch & Lac.) Nog. & Iwats,

517.

pandum (Hook. f & Wils.) Stone & Scott

S17.

pumilum (Hook. f. & Wils.) Nieuwl. 517.

Thelotrema profundum (Stirton) Shirley 503.

Thoutnia Poitteau

australis A. Rich. 400

hemiglauca F. Muell. 401.

vartifolia F. Muell. 400.

531

Thuidium furfurosum (Hook. f & Wils.) consimilis Stirton 508.

Reichdt, 511. elegans Stirton 508,

TOMLINSON, P. B. see PRIMACK, eeu ae aia ia

RICHARDS B. uridorufa Stirton

subsp. pallida Stirton 508,

molliuscula Sfirton 508.

propinqua (Stirton) Zahlbr. 509.

ramulosissima Stevens & Rogers 508.

rubescens Stirton 509.

Tortula Hedw.

pagorum (Mild.) de Not. 514,

papillosa Wils. 514.

thizophylla (Sak.) Iwats. & Saito 515.

Trachycarpidium Broth, 511. rubicunda Stirton 509.

brisbanicum (C, Muell,) Stone 515, scabrida Tay/, 508.

verrucosum (Besch.) Broth, 515. subsordida Svirton.

sp. 515, var, tenebrosa Sfirfon 508.

Trachyphyllum Gepp. 511. torquescens Sfirton 509,

inflextum (Harvey) Gepp. $18. undulata Stirton 509,

Trematodon longicollis Michx, 513. Verrucaria

analiza Stirton 509,

Trichocladia baileyi Stirton 508. circumrubens Nyl,

Triodia R.Br. 364. var, rubrotecta Stirton 509,

Tristania exiliflora F. A¢uel/. 70. coarctata Stirton ex F. M. Bailey 509.

fibrata Stirton ex F, M, Bailey 509.

Tristiropsis Radlk. 388. flaventior Stirton 509.

Tristichella sp. nov. 511, 519. obovata Stirton 509,

Trypethelium exiguellum Stirton ex F. M. — Verticordia 47-48, 372.

Bailey 508. cunninghamii Schau. 47, 48

Typification of lichens described from Aust- var. longistyla C. A. Gardner 48

ralian specimens by James Stirton. decussata S. T. Blake ex Byrnes 47

Roderick W. Rogers.

Usnea Adans. ; ;

baileyi (Stirton) Zahlbr, 503. Verticordia, the genus in northern Australia.

7 N. B. Byrnes 47

chaetophora Stirton. sats

subsp. propinqua Stirton 509, Viridivellus pulchellum Stone 513.

verticillata Byrnes 48.

AUSTROBAILEYA

VOLUME 1

1977-1982

CONTENTS

Four new species of Eucalyptus.

PS OTS BRR ce ty-t-pssec: prec zip tip va colnn Myonke pelpieadake sey sped patepea

Miscellaneous notes on Australian Pteridophytes, I.

ByeS) BAe wers M55 cle ly vet resettled alecoldla yp sle-gdeee e's 146

Notes on Solanum (Solanaceae) in Australia.

By Ba cP, Hendersottinans. cicianis cttw ste cea hail eee cette ae cade ba

The deletion of Pentapanax Seem. from the flora of Australia.

By W.. Bo PISO 3 Fe Rr pete eee eee pe pe ey ee EH

Notes on Leguminosae, I.

BBE APR id 5 sacs koe cep 4 scehcm ok yode espa liagie p doaceratectts acy papaeete clare Guster a océenl

Allosyncarpia ternata, a new genus and species of Myrtaceae subfamily

Leptospermoideae from northern Australia.

Bey EE Ee oo ea Ee aaelng gM Th Ie Sucre ten oh nee Seed tod i

The genus Verticordia in northern Australia.

By N. B. Byrnes

Ce 2 2

Polycarpaea (Caryophyllaceae) in Australia

By De Pees 34a thicak dot bcacap ney diadancy tdtdand eva hes ead Sib eae he%

Notes of Queensland Orchidaceae, I.

BYES EDEAVEHG Jy nite tcodh ote et addatetals wate open Panis tate be

A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland.

BGP bee cf SAG ee wut Be teks ea caed ats deals gta ade, layed acd berets abel ecalyee

Further notes on Acacia in Queensland. .

By L. Pedleys. adc parades see g keh piheadaatte pode did bhus phag bebe i

Page

Floral morphology in relation to pollination ecology in_ five

Queensland coastal plants.

By Richard B. Primack, Norman C. Duke and P. B. Tomlinson....

An analysis of the Australian grass flora.

Bey Be FR, Sat sh achjed Codey tad abeceare yale pA NOP ahed int Oo Laced bee RE he

Notes on the genus Homoranthus (Myrtaceae) in Australia.

ByUING Be. BY P86 tex ssa ahh Rane star bastcae a need ated get eb aca a ald We Tee ase J

Notes on Leguminosae, II.

BY Pe PEGGY ogo tating ect eh at eGtck eae N a chaPRS Shs eC Mak SO wale clans eS

Notes on Queensland Orchidaceae, 2.

By- Biss, Caviar sols terse ale Acdece meh pitt te aabste Vie Pie ot Be-ohalen ota

Addition to Combretaceae (Lagunclurieae) from Australia.

By IN Be Bynes) fcbeaahe hace bates eed Aaa AG EL ace ae ead

Notes on Sapindaceae in Australia, I.

By Sally T. Reynolds... 0... ccc ccc cece cece eee r ners etn tenes

A revision of Atylosia (Leguminosae) in Australia.

By Sally T. Reynolds and L. Pedley........ 0. cece cee eee aes

History of the Queensland Herbarium and Botanical Library.

BY Si De EVV ERIS: 5 oon pocdns sage cote bh iene buene an decorum Galil ach bot pty dha ate

A new Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from Queensland.

Byetat Beil 5 vat koa ok AR ae headin yh vo atte lan sp aM yy iapten tn bead nabild

By T. G. Hartley and B. P. M. Hartley... eee eee

New species of Gramineae from south-eastern Queensland.

FV Be ee SLO re came notes ha all gotta d weiees dite Duane etait yc de

Notes on the genus Kunzea (Myrtaceae) in Queensland.

TS Wy; 5 GEG 4 Fas 8 its eal ane bins sng od Sal Sy eae haat fbi wide

Notes on Sapindaceae in Australia, II.

By Sally T. Reynolds. ...... 0... ccc cece cece eee ete nee eet ene ee aees

A new species of Dendrobium from Cape York Peninsula.

By P..S.. Lavarack and Py J. Cribb cusses coss anew ob een geaunns

Typification of the species of lichens described from Australian

specimens by James Stirton.

By Roderick: Wo Riogets so ccs asus ge es Pee ns sey eed hae oleate Rea ane dane

Some new and noteworthy mosses mostly from Queensland, Australia.

BHU Ar AT SPO Cee bo date sry tee Bh wre ea he ue memset eet geet lp art Doiets Bae ha

346

356

372

376

380